Dell All in One Printer 1130N MONO LASER PRINTER User Manual
Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer  
User's Guide  
www.dell.com | support.dell.com  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dellâ„¢ 1130n Mono Laser Printer  
User’s Guide  
www.dell.com | support.dell.com  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Before Beginning .......................................13  
A Notes, Notices, and Cautions  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
15  
1
2
3
4
Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer User's Guide 17  
Finding Information  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
19  
23  
Product Features  
About the Printer  
.
.
.
.
25  
25  
26  
26  
27  
28  
28  
Front View .  
Rear View  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Space Requirements  
Operator Panel  
.
.
.
Securing the Printer .  
Ordering Supplies .  
.
Setting Up Printer (Printer Setup) ...........31  
Contents  
1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5
6
Connecting Your Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
33  
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
34  
34  
35  
Direct Connection  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Network Connection  
Turning On the Printer .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
36  
Setting the IP Address  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
39  
Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 mode) .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
39  
39  
41  
The Operator Panel .  
The Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Verifying the IP Settings .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
41  
Printing and Checking the Printer Settings Page .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
42  
42  
42  
The Operator Panel .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
The Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
7
8
Loading Paper  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
45  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) 45  
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) 50  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running  
Windows 53  
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status (For Network Connection  
Setup)  
The Operator Panel .  
The Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
53  
53  
53  
.
.
.
.
Disabling the firewall before installing your printer 54  
2
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD .  
Direct Connection Setup  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
54  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
55  
For installing host-based printer driver  
55  
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver 55  
Network Connection Setup .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
58  
58  
63  
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network  
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network .  
Configuring Wireless Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
69  
Using Wizard Setup to Configure Wireless Settings 70  
Using Advanced Setup to Configure Wireless Settings 72  
Setting up a New Wireless Network Environment for Your  
Computer (When you need to setup your wireless connectivity  
with your computer)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
81  
Setting Up for Shared Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
91  
93  
96  
Point and Print  
Peer-to-Peer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
9
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running  
Macintosh 101  
Installing the Drivers and Software  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
101  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or Later Version(s) 101  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11 .  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
103  
104  
.
Using Your Printer ...................................107  
Contents  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
109  
109  
Overview .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool .  
111  
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
.
.
.
.
.
.
112  
113  
115  
Setting Up From Web Browser .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Setting Up From Operator Panel  
Page Display Format .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
115  
115  
117  
118  
Top Frame .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Left Frame  
Right Frame .  
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
119  
119  
121  
123  
124  
134  
152  
153  
Details of the Menu Items  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printer Status .  
Printer Jobs .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Printer Settings .  
Print Server Settings  
Copy Printer Settings .  
Print Volume  
.
.
.
.
.
11 Print Media Guidelines  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
155  
Paper .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
155  
155  
156  
157  
157  
158  
158  
159  
159  
Paper Characteristics  
Recommended Paper  
Unacceptable Paper  
.
.
Selecting Paper  
.
.
Selecting Preprinted Media and Letterhead .  
Printing on Letterhead  
Loading Letterhead .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper  
4
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Envelopes  
Labels  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
160  
161  
162  
.
.
Storing Print Media  
Identifying Print Media and Specifications  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
162  
162  
164  
164  
Supported Paper Sizes .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Supported Paper Types  
Paper Type Specifications .  
12 Loading Print Media  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
165  
165  
Capacity  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Print Media Dimensions  
165  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) 166  
Loading Envelopes in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) 170  
Loading Letterhead .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
173  
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) 173  
Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) 175  
Loading Letterhead .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
178  
Manual Duplex Printing (Windows Printer Driver Only) 179  
When Using the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
When Using the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
.
.
.
.
.
.
179  
180  
Using the Output Tray Extension  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
181  
13 Operator Panel  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
183  
183  
Using the Operator Panel Buttons  
Printing a Device Settings Page  
.
.
.
184  
Contents  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Operator Panel .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
184  
184  
The Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
14 Printing  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
187  
Tips for Successful Printing .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
187  
187  
187  
Tips on Storing Print Media  
Avoiding Paper Jams .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sending a Job to Print .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
187  
Canceling a Print Job  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
188  
Canceling From the Operator Panel  
188  
Canceling a Job From the Computer Running Windows 188  
Printing a Report Page  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
189  
189  
189  
189  
Printing a Printer Settings Page  
The Operator Panel .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
The Tool Box  
.
.
.
.
Printer Settings  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
190  
Using the Operator Panel to Change Printer Settings 190  
Using the Tool Box to Change the Printer Settings 191  
Adjusting the Language  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
192  
Know Your Printer ...................................195  
15 Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
.
.
.
197  
Printer Settings Report  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
197  
197  
198  
200  
Printer Information .  
Menu Settings  
Reports .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
6
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TCP/IP Settings .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
200  
Printer Maintenance  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
201  
201  
203  
203  
204  
205  
207  
207  
208  
208  
209  
209  
System Settings  
Paper Density  
Adjust BTR  
Adjust Fuser  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Color Registration Adjustment .  
Adjust Altitude  
Reset Defaults  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Non-Dell Toner .  
BTR Refresh Mode .  
TCP/IP Settings .  
.
.
Network Settings .  
.
Diagnosis  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
210  
210  
210  
211  
211  
212  
Chart Print  
Machine Check  
Environment Sensor Info .  
Developer Stir Mode .  
.
.
Refresh Mode  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Resetting Defaults .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
212  
16 Understanding the Printer Menus  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
215  
Report/List .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
215  
Admin Menu .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
216  
216  
223  
223  
226  
233  
Network  
USB Settings .  
System Settings  
Maintenance .  
Secure Settings  
.
Contents  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Panel Language  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
234  
Panel Lock Function .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
234  
234  
235  
Enabling the Panel Lock  
Disabling the Panel Lock .  
Resetting Defaults .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
236  
17 Understanding Your Printer Software  
.
.
237  
®
Windows  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
237  
237  
237  
237  
238  
238  
239  
Printer Status Window .  
Status Monitor Console  
Dell Supplies Management System  
Software Update  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Quick Launch Utility  
.
.
.
.
.
User Setup Disk Creating Tool  
®
Macintosh  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
240  
Status Monitor Widget .  
240  
18 Understanding Printer Messages  
.
.
.
.
.
245  
19 Printing with Web Services on Devices (WSD) 251  
Adding Roles of Print Services  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
251  
Printer Setup .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
252  
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard 252  
20 Specifications  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
255  
Operating System Compatibility  
.
255  
8
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Power Supply  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
255  
256  
256  
Dimensions  
Memory  
.
.
.
.
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation, Operating System, and  
Interface .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
256  
256  
257  
258  
MIB Compatibility .  
Environment .  
Cables  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Maintaining Your Printer .......................259  
21 Maintaining Your Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
261  
261  
261  
262  
262  
Determining the Status of Supplies .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Conserving Supplies  
Storing Print Media  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Storing Consumables  
Replacing Toner Cartridges .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
263  
263  
264  
Removing the Toner Cartridges  
Installing a Toner Cartridge  
.
.
.
Cleaning Inside the Printer  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
266  
269  
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor  
Adjusting Color Registration  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
270  
Performing Auto Correct .  
271  
Contents  
9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing the Color Registration Chart .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
271  
272  
273  
Determining Values .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Entering Values .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
22 Clearing Jams  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
277  
277  
278  
279  
280  
282  
Avoiding Jams .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams .  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer .  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer .  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray .  
.
.
.
.
Troubleshooting .......................................285  
23 Troubleshooting  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
287  
287  
Basic Printer Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Display Problems  
Printing Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
287  
288  
Print Quality Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
290  
The output is too light  
290  
Toner smears or print comes off/Stain on back side 291  
Random spots/Blurred images .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
292  
293  
294  
294  
294  
The entire output is blank  
.
.
.
.
.
.
Streaks appear on the output  
Pitched color dots  
Vertical blanks  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
10  
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Mottle  
Ghosting  
Fog  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
295  
295  
297  
297  
298  
299  
300  
301  
302  
.
.
.
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)  
Auger mark .  
.
.
.
.
.
Wrinkled/Stained paper  
The top margins is incorrect .  
Color registration is out of alignment  
Protrudent / Bumpy paper  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Noise  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
303  
Jam  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
304  
305  
306  
Misfeed jam  
Multi-feed jam  
Other Problems  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
307  
307  
Contacting Service  
Appendix ...................................................309  
B Appendix  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
311  
Dell Technical Support Policy  
Online Services  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
311  
.
.
.
.
.
311  
Warranty and Return Policy .  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
312  
Recycling Information  
.
312  
Contacting Dell  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
312  
Contents  
11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12  
Contents  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Before Beginning  
13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Notes, Notices, and Cautions  
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of  
your printer.  
NOTICE: A NOTICE indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data  
and tells you how to avoid the problem.  
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury,  
or death.  
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.  
© 2010 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.  
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of  
Dell Inc. is strictly forbidden.  
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo are trademarks of Dell Inc.; Microsoft,  
Windows, Windows Server, and Windows Vista are either trademarks or registered trademarks of  
Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Wi-Fi is a registered  
trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance.  
XML Paper Specification (XPS): This product may incorporate intellectual property owned by  
Microsoft Corporation. The terms and conditions upon which Microsoft is licensing such  
intellectual property may be found at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=52369; DES: This  
product includes software developed by Eric Young (eay@mincom.oz.au); AES: Copyright ©  
2003, Dr Brian Gladman, Worcester, UK. All rights reserved. This product uses published AES  
software provided by Dr Brian Gladman under BSD licensing terms; TIFF (libtiff): Copyright ©  
1988-1997 Sam Leffler and Copyright © 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.; ICC Profile (Little  
cms): Copyright © 1998-2004 Marti Maria.  
Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this document to refer to either the entities  
claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims any proprietary interest in  
trademarks and trade names other than its own.  
The printer software uses some of the codes defined by the Independent JPEG Group.  
____________________  
Notes, Notices, and Cautions  
15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT RESTRICTED RIGHTS  
This software and documentation are provided with RESTRICTED RIGHTS. Use, duplication  
or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1)(ii)  
of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013 and in  
applicable FAR provisions: Dell Inc., One Dell Way, Round Rock, Texas, 78682, USA.  
September 2010 Rev. A00  
16  
Notes, Notices, and Cautions  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1
Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer User's  
Guide  
Click the links to the left for information on the features, options, and  
operation of your printer. For information on other documentation included  
with your printer, see "Finding Information" on page 19  
.
To order replacement toner cartridges or supplies from Dell:  
1
Double-click the icon on your desktop.  
If you cannot find the icon on your desktop, follow the procedure below.  
a
Navigate to x:\abc\Dell Printers\Additional Color Software\Reorder  
,
where x:\abc is the location where the printer software is installed.  
b
c
d
Click the file DLRMM.EXE  
Click File on the toolbar.  
.
Choose Send To from the drop-down menu, and then click  
Desktop(create shortcut) on the submenu that appears.  
2
Visit the Dell Printer Supplies website at www.dell.com/supplies, or order  
Dell printer supplies by phone.  
For best service, have your Dell printer Service Tag ready.  
To locate the Service Tag of your printer, see "Express Service Code and  
Service Tag" on page 21.  
Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer User's Guide  
17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
18  
Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer User's Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2
Finding Information  
NOTE: The USB cable and the Ethernet cable are not shipped with your printer.  
What are you looking for?  
• Drivers for my printer  
• My User's Guide  
Find it here  
Drivers and Utilities CD  
The Drivers and Utilities CD contains setup video,  
documentation, and drivers for your printer. You can  
use the CD to install/re-install drivers or access your  
setup video and documentation.  
Readme files may be included on your CD to provide  
last-minute updates about technical changes to your  
printer or advanced technical reference material for  
experienced users or technicians.  
• How to use my printer  
Quick Reference Guide  
Finding Information  
19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
What are you looking for?  
• Safety information  
Find it here  
Product Information Guide  
• Warranty information  
CAUTION: Read and follow all safety instructions in  
your Product Information Guide prior to setting up and  
operating your printer.  
How to set up my printer  
Setup diagram  
Troubleshooting  
"Troubleshooting" on page 287  
20  
Finding Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
What are you looking for?  
Find it here  
Express Service Code and  
Service Tag  
Service Tag  
xxxxxxx  
Express Service Code  
000 000 000 00  
The Express Service Code and Service Tag are located  
inside the side door of your printer.  
• Latest drivers for my printer Go to support.dell.com  
• Answers to technical service  
and support questions  
support.dell.com provides several online tools,  
including:  
• Documentation for my  
printer  
• Solutions — Troubleshooting hints and tips,  
articles from technicians, and online courses  
• Upgrades — Upgrade information for  
components, such as printer driver  
• Customer Care — Contact information, order  
status, warranty, and repair information  
• Downloads — Drivers  
• Manuals — Printer documentation and product  
specifications  
Go to support.dell.com. Select your region, and fill in  
the requested details to access help tools and  
information.  
Finding Information  
21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
22  
Finding Information  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
Product Features  
This chapter describes the product features and indicates their links.  
2-Sided (Manual Duplex Print)  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
Manual Duplex Print is to print two or  
more pages on the front and back side of  
a single sheet of paper manually. This  
feature allows you to reduce the paper  
consumption.  
For more information, see "Manual  
Duplex Printing (Windows Printer  
Driver Only)" on page 179.  
Print media loaded on the PSI are given  
precedence over those loaded on the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF). Using the  
PSI allows you to use other types or sizes  
of print media preferentially over the  
regular print media loaded on the MPF.  
For more information, see "Loading  
Print Media in the Priority Sheet  
Inserter (PSI)" on page 173.  
Product Features  
23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Printing through Wireless Connection  
(Wireless Print)  
Multiple Up in the Layout tab (N-up Print)  
N-up Print enables you to print multiple  
pages on a single sheet of paper. This  
feature allows you to reduce the paper  
consumption.  
For more information, see the printer  
driver's help.  
The Wireless LAN feature on your  
printer allows you to install the printer at  
any location, and enables printing  
without a wired connection to your  
computer.  
For more information, see "Configuring  
Wireless Settings" on page 69.  
24  
Product Features  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
About the Printer  
This chapter provides an overview of your Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer.  
Front View  
1
2
3
4
7
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7 6  
5
1
3
5
7
9
Operator Panel  
2
Output Tray  
Output Tray Extension  
Toner Access Cover  
Paper Width Guides  
Front Cover  
4
6
8
Print Head Cleaning Rod  
Power Switch  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
10 Length Guide  
11 MPF Extension  
12 Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
About the Printer  
25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                             
Rear View  
1
2
11  
10  
3
4
5
9
8
7
6
1
3
5
7
9
Wall Jack Connector  
USB Port  
2
4
6
8
Rear Cover Release Handle  
Ethernet Port  
Security Slot  
Rear Cover  
Transfer Roller  
Paper Feed Roller  
Paper Chute  
10 Transfer Belt  
11 Fuser Release Lever  
Space Requirements  
Place the printer at a location such that there is adequate space for using the  
printer feeder and covers.  
26  
About the Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
69 mm  
/2.7 inches  
225 mm/  
8.9 inches  
295.5 mm/  
100 mm/3.9 inches  
394 mm/15.5 inches  
11.6 inches  
300 mm/11.8 inches  
329.5 mm/13 inches  
307 mm/12.1 inches  
To avoid irregular screen image or malfunctioning of your printer, avoid  
placing the printer in direct sunlight with the front cover opened.  
Operator Panel  
For more information on the operator panel, see "Operator Panel" on  
page 183.  
About the Printer  
27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Securing the Printer  
To protect your printer from theft, you can use the optional Kensington lock.  
Attach the Kensington lock to the security slot on your printer.  
Security slot  
For details, see the operating instructions supplied with the Kensington lock.  
Ordering Supplies  
You can order consumables from Dell on the Internet when using a networked  
printer. Enter the IP address of your printer in your web browser, launch the  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, and click the Order Supplies at: to  
order toner for your printer.  
You can also order toner cartridges by the following method:  
1
Click Start  
Software  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Additional Color Laser  
.
ï‚®
Dell Supplies Management System  
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.  
2
3
Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.  
If ordering from the web:  
a
b
Select a web address from the Select Reorder URL list.  
Click the Visit Dell Printer supplies ordering web site  
.
The Dell 1350cnw Color Printer - Dell Supplies Management  
System screen appears.  
c
Enter the Service Tag, and then click OK.  
28  
About the Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
The Service Tag is located inside the toner access cover of your printer.  
Dell supplies web site appears.  
Service Tag  
xxxxxxx  
Express Service Code  
000 000 000 00  
If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone  
section.  
About the Printer  
29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
30  
About the Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Up Printer  
(Printer Setup)  
31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5
Connecting Your Printer  
Your Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer interconnection cable must meet the  
following requirements:  
Connection type  
USB  
Connection specifications  
USB 2.0 compatible  
Wireless  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n  
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX compatible  
Ethernet  
1
2
1
2
USB Port  
Ethernet Port  
Connecting Your Printer  
33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Connecting Printer to Computer or Network  
Direct Connection  
A local printer is a printer attached to your computer using the USB cable. If  
your printer is attached to a network instead of your computer, skip this  
section and go to "Network Connection" on page 35.  
USB Cable  
The following operating systems support USB connection:  
®
®
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Microsoft Windows XP  
Microsoft Windows XP 64-bit Edition  
®
Windows Server 2003  
Windows Server 2003 x64 Edition  
Windows Server 2008  
Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
Windows Server 2008 R2  
®
Windows Vista  
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
Windows 7  
Windows 7 64-bit Edition  
®
Mac OS X 10.3.9/10.4.11/10.5/10.6  
To attach the printer to a computer:  
1
Ensure that the printer, computer, and any other attached devices are  
turned off and unplugged from the power source/outlet.  
2
Connect the smaller USB connector into the USB port at the back of the  
printer.  
34  
Connecting Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3
Connect the other end of the cable into a USB port of the computer.  
NOTICE: Do not connect the printer USB cable to the USB port available on the  
keyboard.  
Network Connection  
To connect the printer to a network:  
1
Ensure that the printer, computer and any other connected devices have  
been turned off and all cables have been disconnected.  
2
Connect the Ethernet cable.  
NOTE: Connect the Ethernet cable, only if you need to setup a wired connection.  
To connect the printer to the network, connect one end of an Ethernet cable  
into the Ethernet port on the back of the printer, and the other end to a LAN  
port or LAN hub.  
Connecting Your Printer  
35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To setup a wireless connection, see "Configuring Wireless Settings" on  
page 69.  
NOTE: When you use the USB connection and do not use the wireless connection,  
you need to disable the wireless LAN on the operator panel.  
For more information, see "Network" on page 216.  
Turning On the Printer  
CAUTION: Do not use extension cords or power strips.  
CAUTION: The printer should not be connected to a UPS system.  
1
Connect the power cable to the wall jack connector on the back of your  
printer (see "Rear View" on page 26).  
2
3
Connect the other end of the cable to the power source.  
Turn on the printer.  
36  
Connecting Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Connecting Your Printer  
37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
38  
Connecting Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
Setting the IP Address  
Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 mode)  
NOTE: When you assign an IP address manually in IPv6 mode, use the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. To open the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, use the  
link local address. To check a link local address, see "Printing and Checking the  
Printer Settings Page" on page 42.  
An IP address is a unique number that consists of four sections that are  
delimited by a period and can include up to three digits in each section, for  
example, 111.222.33.44.  
Assigning an IP address that is already in use can cause network performance  
issues.  
NOTE: Assigning an IP address is considered as an advanced function and is  
normally done by a system administrator.  
NOTE: Depending on the address class, the range of the IP address assigned may  
be different. On Class A, for example, an IP address in the range from 0.0.0.0 to  
127.255.255.255 will be assigned. For assignment of IP addresses, contact your  
system administrator.  
You can assign the IP address by using the operator panel or using the tool  
box.  
The Operator Panel  
For more information on using your operator panel, see "Operator Panel" on  
page 183.  
1
Turn on the printer.  
The Ready to Printmessage appears on the LCD panel.  
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Press the  
button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
4
Ensure that Networkappears, and then press the  
button.  
Setting the IP Address  
39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
5
6
7
8
9
Press the  
Press the  
button until TCP/IPappears, and then press the  
button until IPv4appears, and then press the  
button.  
button.  
button.  
Ensure that Get IP Addressappears, and then press the  
Ensure that Panelappears, and then press the button.  
Press the button and ensure that Get IP Addressappears.  
10 Press the  
button until IP Addressappears, and then press the  
button.  
The cursor is located at the first digit of the IP address.  
11 Press the  
12 Press the  
or  
button to enter the numbers for the IP address.  
button.  
The next digit is selected.  
13 Repeat step 11 and step 12 to enter all the digits in the IP address, and  
then press the  
button.  
14 Press the button and ensure that IP Addressappears.  
15 Press the  
button until Subnet Maskappears, and then press the  
button.  
The cursor is located at the first digit of the subnet mask.  
16 Press the  
17 Press the  
or the  
button to enter the numbers for the subnet mask.  
button.  
The next digit is selected.  
18 Repeat step 16 and step 17 and set subnet mask, and then press the  
button.  
19 Press the button and ensure that Subnet Maskappears.  
20 Press the  
the button.  
The cursor is located at the first digit of the gateway address.  
button until Gateway Addressappears, and then press  
21 Press the  
22 Press the  
or  
button to enter the numbers for the gateway address.  
button.  
The next digit is selected.  
23 Repeat step 21 and step 22 to set gateway address, and then press the  
button.  
40  
Setting the IP Address  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
24 Turn off and turn on the printer.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
NOTE: When you use IPv6 Mode for network printing, the Tool Box cannot be used  
to assign an IP address.  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: The Select Printer dialog box opens in this step, when multiple printer  
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of Dell  
1350cnw Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.  
The TCP/IP Settings page is displayed.  
4
5
Select the mode from IP Address Mode, and then enter the values in IP  
Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address.  
Press the Apply New Settings button to take effect.  
The IP address is assigned to your printer. To verify the setting, open the web  
browser on any computer connected to the network and enter the IP address  
into the address bar on the browser. If the IP address is set up correctly, the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool displays in your browser.  
You can also assign the IP address to the printer when installing the printer  
drivers with installer. When you use the Network Installation feature, and the  
Get IP Addressis set to AutoIPon the operator panel menu, you can set  
the IP address from 0.0.0.0to the desired IP address on the printer selection  
window.  
Verifying the IP Settings  
1
Print the printer settings page.  
See "Printing and Checking the Printer Settings Page" on page 42.  
Setting the IP Address  
41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
2
Look under the TCP/IP heading on the printer settings page to ensure  
that the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway are appropriate.  
To verify if the printer is active on the network, run the ping command in  
your computer:  
1
2
3
Go to MS DOS Prompt.  
Type cmd, and then press the OK.  
On the black window that appears, type ping xx.xx.xx.xx(where  
xx.xx.xx.xxis the IP address of your printer).  
4
Reply from the IP address denotes printer is active on the network.  
Printing and Checking the Printer Settings Page  
Print the printer settings page and check the IP address of your printer.  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Ensure that Report/Listappears, and then press the  
button.  
button.  
Ensure that Printer Settingappears, and then press the  
The printer settings page is printed.  
4
Confirm the IP address next to IP Address under Network on the printer  
settings page. If the IP address shows anything other than 0.0.0.0(the  
factory default) or 169.254.xx.xx, the printer has an IP address  
assigned and stored. Go to "Verifying the IP Settings" on page 41.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer  
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of Dell  
1350cnw Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
Click the Printer Settings Report tab.  
42  
Setting the IP Address  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3
4
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.  
The Reports page is displayed.  
Click the Printer Settings button.  
The printer settings page is printed.  
If the IP address is 0.0.0.0(the factory default) or 169.254.xx.xx, an  
IP address has not been assigned. To assign an IP address for your printer, see  
"Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 mode)" on page 39.  
Setting the IP Address  
43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
44  
Setting the IP Address  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
Loading Paper  
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the priority sheet inserter while a  
printing is in progress.  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in your printer.  
NOTE: For printing envelopes, see "Loading Print Media" on page 165.  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder  
(MPF)  
1
Open the front cover by pulling out the instruction sheet.  
2
Pull the priority sheet inserter (PSI) out.  
3
Remove the instruction sheet attached to the PSI with adhesive tape.  
Loading Paper  
45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
NOTE: Before you use the PSI, ensure that you to read the instruction sheet.  
4
5
6
Pull the length guide forward until it stops.  
Pull the MPF extension forward until it stops.  
Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum width.  
46  
Loading Paper  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then  
fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.  
8
Load print media on the MPF with the top edge first and with the  
recommended print side facing up.  
9
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the  
stack of print media.  
Loading Paper  
47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10 Slide the length guide towards the printer until it touches the print media.  
NOTE: Depending on the size of print media, first slide the length guide  
backward until it stops, and then slide the MPF extension until it touches print  
media.  
48  
Loading Paper  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11 Insert the PSI into the printer and then align the PSI to the marking on  
the paper tray.  
12 Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is  
not standard plain paper. If a user-specified print media is loaded in the  
MPF, you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer driver.  
Loading Paper  
49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter  
(PSI)  
1
Open the front cover.  
2
Slide the PSI forward, and then align the PSI to the marking on the paper  
tray.  
3
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then  
fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.  
50  
Loading Paper  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4
5
6
Load print media on the PSI with the top edge first and with the  
recommended print side facing up.  
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the  
stack of print media.  
Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is  
not standard plain paper. If a user-specified print media is loaded in the  
PSI, you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer driver.  
Loading Paper  
51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
52  
Loading Paper  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8
Installing Printer Drivers on  
Computers Running Windows  
Identifying Printer Driver Pre-install Status (For  
Network Connection Setup)  
Before installing the printer driver on your computer, print the printer  
settings page to check the IP address of your printer.  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Ensure that Report/Listappears, and then press the  
button.  
button.  
Ensure that Printer Settingappears, and then press the  
The printer settings page is printed.  
4
Find the IP address under Network (Wired/Wireless) on the printer  
settings page.  
If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, wait for a few minutes to resolve the IP  
address automatically, and then print the printer settings page again.  
If the IP address is not resolved automatically, see "Assigning an IP Address  
(for IPv4 mode)" on page 39.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: When multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer, the  
Select Printer window opens. In this case, click the name of Dell 1350cnw  
Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
2
Select TCP/IP Settings from the list on the left side of the page.  
The TCP/IP Settings page appears.  
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0(the factory default) or 169.254.xx.xx,  
an IP address has not been assigned. To assign one for your printer, see  
"Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 mode)" on page 39.  
Disabling the firewall before installing your printer  
NOTE: For Windows XP, Service Pack 2 or 3 must be installed.  
If you are running one of the following operating systems, you must disable  
the firewall before installing the Dell printer software:  
•
•
•
•
•
Windows 7  
Windows Vista  
Windows Server 2008 R2  
Windows Server 2008  
Windows XP  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
Help and Support.  
NOTE: For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7 operating systems, if you  
use Online Help, switch to Offline Help on Windows Help and Support  
window.  
2
In the Search box, type firewalland then press Enter  
.
In the list, click Turn Windows Firewall on or off and then follow the  
instructions on the screen.  
Enable the firewall after the installation of the Dell printer software is  
complete.  
Inserting the Drivers and Utility CD  
1
Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD into your computer to start Easy Setup  
Navigator.  
NOTE: If the CD does not automatically launch, click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
(for Windows Vista and Windows 7)ï‚® Accessories (for Windows Vista and  
Windows 7)ï‚® Run, and then type D:\setup_assist.exe(where D  
is the drive letter of your CD), and then click OK  
.
54  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Direct Connection Setup  
For installing host-based printer driver  
1
2
3
Click Software Installation  
.
Select Personal Installation, and then click Next  
.
Follow the on-screen instructions to connect the computer and the printer  
with a USB cable, and then turn the printer on.  
The Plug and Play installation starts and the installation software proceeds  
to the next page automatically.  
NOTE: If the installation software does not automatically proceed to the next  
page, click Install.  
4
Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.  
If necessary, click Print Test Page to print a test page.  
USB Printing  
A personal printer is a printer attached to your computer or a print server  
using a USB. If your printer is attached to a network and not your computer,  
see "Network Connection Setup" on page 58.  
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver  
NOTE: Download and install the XPS printer driver at support.dell.com/support  
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows 7,  
Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows  
Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition.  
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a local printer  
ï‚®
ï‚®
ï‚®
.
.
.
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
8
9
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name  
box. To use this printer as the default printer, select the check box  
displayed under the Printer name. Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise,  
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.  
11 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test  
page.  
12 Click Finish  
.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a local printer  
ï‚®
ï‚®
ï‚®
.
.
.
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
.
10 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name  
box.  
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default  
printer check box. Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
56  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
11 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you  
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network  
can find and use it. Click Next  
.
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test  
page.  
13 Click Finish  
.
Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, or Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
4
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start Devices and Printers  
Click Add a printer  
When you use Windows Server 2008 R2, click Add a local or network  
printer as an administrator  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes  
ï‚®
.
.
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise,  
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.  
5
6
7
8
9
Click Add a local printer  
.
Select the port connected to this product, and then click Next  
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, and then select the extracted folder in step 1.  
.
Click OK  
.
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name  
box, and then click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
12 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you  
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network  
can find and use it. Click Next  
.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test  
page. To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default  
printer check box.  
14 Click Finish  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Network Connection Setup  
Network Printer Setup on a Local Network  
For installing host-based printer driver  
1
2
3
4
Click Software Installation  
Select Network Installation, and then click Next  
Select Local Installation, and then click Next  
.
.
.
Select the printer you want to install from the printer list, and then click  
Next. If the target printer is not displayed on the list, click Refresh to  
refresh the list or click Add Printer to add a printer to the list manually.  
You may specify the IP address and port name at this point.  
If you have installed this printer on the server computer, select I am  
setting up this printer on a server check box.  
NOTE: When using AutoIP, 0.0.0.0 is displayed in the installer. Before you can  
continue, you must enter a valid IP address.  
NOTE: If you are running any of the following operating systems, a Windows  
Security Alert is displayed:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows Vista  
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
Windows Server 2008  
Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition  
Windows 7  
Windows 7 64-bit Edition  
To continue installing the host-based printer driver, click Unblock or  
Allow access (for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).  
5
Specify the printer settings, and then click Next.  
a
b
Enter the printer name.  
If you want other users on the network to access this printer, select  
Share this printer with other computers on the network, and then  
enter a share name that users can identify.  
58  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
c
If you want to set a printer as the default, select the Set this printer as  
default check box.  
6
7
Select the software and documentation you want to install, and then click  
Next. You can specify folders in which to install the Dell software and  
documentation. To change the folders, click Browse  
.
Click Finish to exit the wizard when the Congratulations! screen appears.  
If necessary, click Print Test Page to print a test page.  
For installing XML Paper Specification (XPS) printer driver  
NOTE: Download and install the XPS printer driver at support.dell.com/support  
NOTE: XPS driver is supported on the following operating systems: Windows 7,  
Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows  
Server 2008 R2, Windows Server 2008, and Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition.  
Windows Vista or Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Select printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click  
Next  
Select TCP/IP Device for Device type, and enter the IP address for  
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next  
If the User Account Control Continue dialog box appears, click Continue  
ï‚®
ï‚®
ï‚®
.
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
.
.
7
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise,  
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK  
.
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name  
box, and then click Next  
.
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default  
printer check box.  
Installation starts.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Continue; otherwise,  
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.  
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test  
page.  
13 Click Finish  
.
Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator.  
1
2
3
4
5
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start Control Panel Hardware and Sound Printers  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
ï‚®
ï‚®
ï‚®
.
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.  
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.  
6
7
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click  
Next  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for  
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next  
.
.
If the User Account Control Continue dialog box appears, click Continue  
.
.
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK  
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name  
box, and then click Next  
.
.
To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default  
printer check box.  
60  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Installation starts.  
12 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you  
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network  
can find and use it. Click Next  
.
13 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test  
page.  
14 Click Finish  
.
Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
4
5
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start Devices and Printers  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
ï‚®
.
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
.
NOTE: When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, Find a printer by  
name or TCP/IP address screen appears. Find your printer on this screen.  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes  
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise,  
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.  
6
7
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK  
.
Select your printer name and click Next  
To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name  
box, and then click Next  
.
.
10 If you do not share your printer, select Do not share this printer. If you  
share your printer, select Share this printer so that others on your network  
can find and use it  
.
11 Click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test  
page. To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default  
printer check box.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
13 Click Finish  
.
Windows 7 or Windows 7 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
Extract the zip file you downloaded to your desired location.  
Click Start Devices and Printers  
Click Add a printer  
Click Add a network  
ï‚®
.
.
,
wireless or Bluetooth printer  
.
Select your printer or click The printer that I want isn't listed  
.
When you select your printer, go to step 8.  
When you click The printer that I want isn't listed, go to step 6.  
6
7
Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or host name, and then click  
Next  
Select TCP/IP Device from Device type, and enter the IP address for  
Hostname or IP address, and then click Next  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, click Yes  
.
.
.
NOTE: If you are an administrator on the computer, click Yes; otherwise,  
contact your administrator to continue the desired action.  
8
9
Click Have Disk to display the Install From Disk dialog box.  
Click Browse, then select the extracted folder in step 1, and then click OK  
.
10 Select your printer name and click Next  
.
11 To change the printer name, enter the printer name in the Printer name  
box, and then click Next  
.
Installation starts.  
12 As the driver installation is completed, click Print a test page to print a test  
page. To use this printer as the default printer, select the Set as the default  
printer check box.  
13 Click Finish  
.
NOTE: You can set up the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool to send you an e-mail  
when the printer needs supplies or intervention.  
For more information about E-Mail Alert, see "E-Mail Alert" on page 112.  
62  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Network Printer Setup on a Remote Network  
Before Installation  
Before you start remote installation, perform the following procedures.  
Allow Print Spooler to Accept Client Connections  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista,  
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server 2003 x64  
Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server  
2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.  
For Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista, Windows Server 2003, and  
Windows Server 2008:  
1
Click Start  
Windows Vista only)  
Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK  
Click Computer Configuration Administrative Templates  
Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select  
Properties  
ï‚®
All Programs (for Windows Vista only)  
ï‚®
Accessories (for  
ï‚®
Run  
.
2
3
4
.
ï‚®
ï‚®
Printers.  
.
5
6
On the Setting tab, select Enabled, and then click OK  
.
Restart the computer.  
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
1
Click Start  
Windows 7 only)  
Type gpedit.msc, and then click OK  
Click Computer Configuration Administrative Templates  
Right-click Allow Print Spooler to accept client connections and select  
Edit  
ï‚®
All Programs (for Windows 7 only)  
ï‚®
Accessories (for  
ï‚®
Run  
.
2
3
4
.
ï‚®
ï‚®
Printers  
.
.
5
6
Select Enabled, and then click OK.  
Restart the computer.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Share the Firewall File and Printer  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows  
Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-  
bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.  
For Windows XP:  
1
2
3
4
Click start  
Select Security Center  
Click Windows Firewall  
On the Exceptions tab, check the File and Printer Sharing check box, and  
then click OK  
For Windows Vista:  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
Select Security  
.
Click Windows Firewall  
Click Change settings  
Click Continue  
On the Exceptions tab, check the File and Printer Sharing check box, and  
then click OK  
For Windows Server 2008:  
.
.
.
.
1
2
3
4
Click Start  
Double-click Windows Firewall  
Click Change settings  
On the Exceptions tab, check the File and Printer Sharing check box, and  
then click OK  
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
1
2
3
4
5
Click Start  
Select System and Security  
Click Windows Firewall  
Click Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall  
If the check boxes under Allowed programs and features: are dimmed,  
click Change settings  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
.
64  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
7
Check the File and Printer Sharing check box. Home/Work (Private) or  
Public check box is automatically selected according to your settings.  
If File and Printer Sharing Properties dialog box appears, click OK  
Click OK  
.
.
Start Remote Registry  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition,  
Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Click Start  
Select System and Maintenance (System and Security for Windows 7  
Click Administrative Tools  
Double-click Services  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
).  
.
.
Click Continue (for Windows Vista only).  
Right-click Remote Registry and select Start  
.
Right-click Remote Registry and select Properties  
.
Change Startup type: to Automatic, and then click OK  
.
Disable User Account Control  
NOTE: Disabling the User Account Control might leave the system vulnerable to  
virus attacks.  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition,  
Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008  
R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition.  
For Windows Vista:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start  
Select User Accounts and Family Safety  
Click User Accounts  
Click Turn User Account Control on or off  
Click Continue  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
.
Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your  
computer check box.  
7
Restart the computer.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Windows Server 2008:  
1
2
3
4
5
Click Start  
Double-click User Accounts  
Click Turn User Account Control on or off  
Click Continue  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
Clear the Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your  
computer check box.  
6
7
Click OK  
.
Restart the computer.  
For Windows Server 2008 R2:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click Start  
Select User Accounts  
Click User Accounts  
Click Change User Account Control Settings  
Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK  
Click Yes  
Restart the computer.  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
.
.
For Windows 7:  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Click Start  
Select User Accounts and Family Safety  
Click User Accounts  
Click Change User Account Control Settings  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
.
.
.
Move the slider to the bottom, and then click OK  
Click Yes in User Account Control dialog box.  
Restart the computer.  
.
Enable Network Discovery and File Sharing for all Public Networks  
NOTE: This step is required when you use Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit  
Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server  
2008 R2, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition for the server computer.  
66  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
Click Start  
Sharing Center  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Network and Internet  
ï‚®
Network and  
ï‚®
Change advanced sharing settings  
.
2
To allow your computer to be found on the network and to allow other  
computers on the network to share the files and folders on your computer,  
click Turn on network discovery  
Click Save changes  
If you see the User Account Control dialog box, click Yes  
.
3
4
.
.
For Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008,  
Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition:  
1
2
Click Start  
ï‚®
Network.  
Right-click Network and select Properties  
.
Network an Sharing Center screen appears.  
3
4
Click the down arrow button next to either Network discovery.  
To allow your computer to be found on the network and to allow other  
computers on the network to share the files and folders on your computer,  
click Turn on network discovery.  
5
6
Click Apply  
If the User Account Control dialog box appears, confirm that the action it  
displays is what you want, and then click Continue  
.
.
Disable Simple File Sharing  
NOTE: This step is required for Windows XP, and Windows XP 64-bit Edition.  
Click Start Control Panel  
Select Appearance and Themes  
Select Folder Options  
On the View tab, clear the Use simple file sharing (Recommended) check  
box, and then click OK  
Click Start Control Panel  
Select Performance and Maintenance  
Select Administrative Tools  
1
2
3
4
ï‚®
.
.
.
.
5
6
7
ï‚®
.
.
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8
9
Click Local Security Policy  
.
Click Local Policies Security Options  
ï‚®
.
10 Right-click Network access: Sharing and security model for local accounts  
and select Properties  
.
11 Ensure that Classic - local users authenticate as themselves is selected.  
Installing the Printer Driver  
NOTE: Installation on Windows XP Home Edition, Windows Vista Home Basic,  
Windows Vista Home Premium, Windows Vista x64 Home Basic, Windows Vista x64  
Home Premium, Windows 7 Starter, Windows 7 Home Basic, Windows 7 Home  
Premium, Windows 7 x64 Home Basic, and Windows 7 x64 Home Premium is not  
supported.  
1
2
Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your  
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.  
Click Software Installation  
Install Printer Driver and Software screen appears.  
Select Network Installation, and then click Next  
Select Remote Installation, and then click Next  
Enter the Administrator user name and password of the client computer,  
then select the clients or servers, and then Next  
.
3
4
5
.
.
.
NOTE: If you are running any of the following operating systems, a Windows  
Security Alert is displayed:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Windows Vista  
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
Windows Server 2008  
Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
Windows Server 2008 R2 64-bit Edition  
Windows 7  
Windows 7 64-bit Edition  
To continue installing the host-based printer driver, click Unblock or  
Allow access (for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).  
6
Check if the printer to be installed is listed in Select Printer, and then click  
Next  
.
68  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in Select Printer, try the  
following steps:  
•
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
Click Add Printer, and then enter a port name (any alphanumeric string of  
your choosing) and an existing IP address for the printer.  
7
8
Select the required items on the Printer Configuration, and then click  
Install  
.
NOTE: When you change installation folder, click Input, and then enter the  
path and click OK on Installation Folder dialog box.  
Click Finish to exit this tool.  
Configuring Wireless Settings  
This section describes how to configure wireless settings through Easy Setup  
Navigator.  
The specifications of wireless setting function are described below:  
Item  
Specification  
Connectivity  
Connectivity Standard  
Bandwidth  
Wireless  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/802.11n compliant  
2.4 GHz  
Data Transfer Rate  
IEEE 802.11b mode: 11, 5.5, 2, 1 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11g mode: 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6 Mbps  
IEEE 802.11n mode: 65 Mbps  
Security  
64 (40-bit key)/ 128 (104-bit key) WEP, WPA-PSK  
(TKIP, AES), WPA2-PSK (AES)(IEEE 802.1x  
attestation function of WPA 1x non-corresponds)  
Wifi Protected Setup (WPS) Push Button Configuration (PBC), Personal  
Identification Number (PIN)  
You can select a method to configure a wireless setting from the following:  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Wizard Setup through USB connection  
Advanced Setup through  
Ethernet connection  
Operator Panel  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
*1  
WPS-PIN  
*2  
WPS-PBC  
*1  
WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi® Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a method to  
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by entering  
PIN assignments in the printer and computer. This setting, performed through  
access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless router  
supports WPS.  
*2  
WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to  
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by pressing  
the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing  
WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the  
access point supports WPS.  
NOTE: For information on how to install a wireless, see "Using Wizard Setup to  
Configure Wireless Settings" on page 70 or "Using Advanced Setup to Configure  
Wireless Settings" on page 72.  
Using Wizard Setup to Configure Wireless Settings  
1
Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your  
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.  
70  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2
3
Click Guided Setup.  
Select Wireless Connection, and then click Next  
.
The setting method selection window appears.  
4
5
6
Ensure that Wizard is selected, and then click Next.  
Follow the instructions until Check Setup screen appears.  
Confirm there are no errors displayed in the operator panel, and then click  
NO  
.
If you see any errors, click YES and follow the instruction.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
8
9
Click Start installation  
Select Local Installation, and then click Next  
Check if the printer to be installed is listed in the Select Printer screen,  
and then click Next  
.
.
.
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in the Select Printer screen, try  
the following steps:  
•
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
Click Add Printer, and then enter the details of the printer manually.  
10 Select the required items on the Enter Printer Settings screen, and then  
click Next  
.
11 Select the software to be installed, and then click Install  
.
Congratulations! screen appears.  
12 Click Finish to exit this tool.  
Wireless Configuration is complete.  
Using Advanced Setup to Configure Wireless Settings  
To use the Advanced Setup, display the Configuration Wireless Setting screen.  
Displaying Configure Wireless Settings Screen  
1
Insert the Drivers and Utilities CD provided with the printer in your  
computer. The Easy Setup Navigator file launches automatically.  
72  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2
3
Click Guided Setup.  
Select Wireless Connection, and then click Next  
.
The setting method selection window appears.  
4
Select Advanced.  
Select a connection method from the following  
•
•
•
•
•
Ethernet Cable  
WPS-PIN  
WPS-PBC  
Operator Panel  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Ethernet Cable  
1
2
Select Ethernet Cable, and then click Next  
Follow the instructions, and then click Next  
Advanced Configuration Tool screen appears.  
Select the printer to be configured in the Select Printer screen, and then  
click Next  
.
.
3
.
NOTE: If the printer to be configured is not listed in the Select Printer screen,  
try the following steps:  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
•
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
Click Enter IP Address, and then enter the IP address of your printer.  
4
5
6
Enter SSID  
.
Select Type of wireless network  
.
Configure the security setting, and then click Next  
IP Address Settings screen appears.  
.
7
Select IP Mode depending on your network scheme.  
When IPv4 is selected:  
Configure the following:  
a
b
Select Type  
.
Enter the following items:  
•
•
•
IP address of your printer  
Subnet Musk  
Gateway Address  
When IPv6 is selected:  
Configure the following:  
a
b
c
Select Use Manual Address.  
Enter IP address of your printer.  
Enter gateway address of your network.  
When Dual Stack (both IPv4 and IPv6) is selected:  
Configure the both setting (IPv4 and IPv6)  
8
Click Next  
Ensure that the wireless settings is displayed, and then click Apply  
Complete configuration screen appears.  
10 Click Next  
11 Follow the instructions until Check Setup screen appears, and then click  
Next  
.
9
.
.
.
12 Confirm there are no errors displayed on the operator panel, and then click  
NO on the Check Setup screen.  
74  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: If you see any errors, click YES and follow the instruction.  
13 Click Start Installation  
.
14 Select Local Installation, and then click Next  
.
15 Check if the printer to be installed is listed in the Select Printer screen,  
and then click Next  
.
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in the Select Printer screen, try  
the following steps:  
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
•
Click Add Printer, and then enter the details of the printer  
manually.  
16 Configure the required items on the Enter Printer Settings screen, and  
then click Next  
.
17 Select the software to be installed, and then click Install  
Congratulations! screen appears.  
.
18 Click Finish to exit this tool.  
Wireless Configuration is complete.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WPS-PIN  
NOTE: WPS-PIN (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Personal Identification Number) is a  
method to authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by  
entering PIN assignments to a printer and computer. This setting, performed  
through access point, is available only when the access points of your wireless  
router supports WPS.  
1
2
3
Select WPS-PIN, and then click Next.  
Follow the instructions until Check Setup screen appears.  
Confirm there are no errors displayed on the operator panel, and then click  
NO on the Check Setup screen.  
NOTE: If you see any errors, click YES and follow the instruction.  
4
5
Select Local Installation, and then click Next  
Check if the printer to be installed is listed in the Select Printer, and then  
click Next  
.
.
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in the Select Printer, try the  
following steps:  
•
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
Click Add Printer, and then enter the details of the printer manually.  
6
Configure the required items on the Enter Printer Settings screen, and  
then click Next  
.
76  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
7
8
Select the software to be installed, and then click Install  
Congratulations! screen appears.  
.
Click Finish to exit this tool.  
Wireless Configuration is complete.  
When the WPS-PIN operation is successful and the printer is rebooted,  
wireless LAN connection is completed.  
WPS-PBC  
NOTE: WPS-PBC (Wi-Fi Protected Setup-Push Button Configuration) is a method to  
authenticate and register devices required for wireless configuration, by pressing  
the button provided on the access point via wireless routers, and then performing  
WPS-PBC setting on the operator panel. This setting is available only when the  
access point supports WPS.  
1
2
3
Select WPS-PBC, and then click Next.  
Follow the instructions until Check Setup screen appears.  
Confirm there are no errors displayed on the operator panel, and then click  
NO on the Check Setup screen.  
NOTE: If you see any errors, click YES and follow the instruction.  
4
Select Local Installation, and then click Next.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
5
Check if the printer to be installed is listed in the Select Printer screen,  
and then click Next  
.
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in the Select Printer screen, try  
the following steps:  
•
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
Click Add Printer, and then enter the details of the printer manually.  
6
7
Configure the required items on the Enter Printer Settings screen, and  
then click Next  
.
Select the software to be installed, and then click Install  
.
Congratulations! screen appears.  
8
Click Finish to exit this tool.  
Wireless Configuration is complete.  
NOTE: For WPS-PBC operation on the wireless LAN access point, refer to the  
manual supplied with the wireless LAN access point.  
When the WPS-PBC operation is successful and the printer is rebooted,  
wireless LAN connection is completed.  
Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Select Operator Panel, and then click Next.  
Follow the instructions until Check Setup screen appears.  
Confirm there are no errors displayed on the operator panel, and then click  
NO on the Check Setup screen.  
NOTE: If you see any errors, click YES and follow the instruction.  
78  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
4
5
Select Local Installation, and then click Next  
Check if the printer to be installed is listed in the Select Printer screen,  
and then click Next  
.
.
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in the Select Printer screen,  
try the following steps:  
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
•
Click Add Printer, and then enter the details of the printer  
manually.  
6
7
Configure the required items on the Enter Printer Settings screen, and  
then click Next  
.
Select the software to be installed, and then click Install  
Congratulations! screen appears.  
.
8
Click Finish to exit this tool.  
Wireless Configuration is complete.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
1
2
3
Select Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, and then click Next  
.
Follow the instructions until Check Setup screen appears.  
Confirm there are no errors displayed on the operator panel, and then click  
NO on the Check Setup screen.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
NOTE: If you see any errors, click YES and follow the instruction.  
4
5
Select Local Installation, and then click Next  
Check if the printer to be installed is listed in the Select Printer screen,  
and then click Next  
.
.
NOTE: If the printer to be installed is not listed in the Select Printer screen, try  
the following steps:  
•
•
Click Refresh to update the information.  
Click Add Printer, and then enter the details of the printer manually.  
6
7
Configure the required items on the Enter Printer Settings screen, and  
then click Next  
.
Select the software to be installed, and then click Install  
.
Congratulations! screen appears.  
8
Click Finish to exit this tool.  
Wireless Configuration is complete.  
When the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool operation is successful and  
the printer is rebooted, wireless LAN connection is completed.  
80  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up a New Wireless Network Environment for Your Computer  
(When you need to setup your wireless connectivity with your  
computer)  
For DHCP network:  
1
Setting up your computer for wireless connectivity:  
NOTE: You can also change the wireless settings using the wireless  
application that may be installed in your computer.  
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:  
a
b
c
d
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.  
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties  
.
Select the Wireless Networks tab.  
Ensure that the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless  
network settings is checked.  
NOTE: Make note of the wireless settings on the Advanced window  
(step f) and the Wireless Network Properties window (step g). You may  
require these settings later.  
e
f
Click the Advanced button.  
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the  
Advanced dialog box.  
g
h
Click the Add button to display Wireless network properties  
On the Association tab, enter the following information and click OK  
Network name (SSID) dell_device  
Network Authentication Open  
Data encryption Disabled  
Ad hoc network checked  
.
.
:
:
:
:
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
i
j
Click the Move up button to move the newly added SSID to the top  
of the list.  
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.  
For Windows Vista:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a  
network  
.
.
.
.
.
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008:  
a
b
c
d
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a  
network  
.
.
.
.
e
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
82  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select dell_device from the network items listed in the available  
network list, and click Connect  
Check the IP address assigned by AutoIP on the printer.  
.
.
.
.
.
2
a
b
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) on the printer operator panel.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
button.  
c
d
e
f
Press the  
button.  
button until Networkappears, and then press the  
button until TCP/IPappears, and then press the  
button until IPv4appears, and then press the  
button until IP Addressappears, and then press the  
Press the  
button.  
Press the  
button.  
Press the  
button.  
(Default IP address range: 169.254.xxx.yyy)  
IP Address  
169.254.000.041  
3
Ensure that the IP Address on your computer is assigned by DHCP.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
Enter the IP address in the address bar on your web browser.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool page appears.  
5
Create wireless setting of the printer on Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool  
.
6
7
Reboot the printer.  
Restore the wireless settings on your computer.  
84  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: If the operating system on your computer provides a wireless  
configuration software, use it to change the wireless settings. Or you can  
change the wireless settings using the tool provided with the operating  
system. See the instructions below.  
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
.
Select Network Connections  
.
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties  
.
Select Wireless Network tab.  
Ensure that the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless  
network settings is checked.  
f
Click Advanced.  
g
You can either set the printer to the ad-hoc mode or the infrastructure  
mode.  
For Adhoc mode:  
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the  
Advanced dialog box.  
For Infrastructure mode:  
Select Access point (Infrastructure) networks only and close the  
Advanced dialog box.  
h
i
Click Add to display Wireless network properties.  
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click OK  
Click Move up to move the setting to the top of the list.  
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.  
.
j
k
For Windows Vista:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select the network, and then click Connect  
.
.
.
.
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select the network, and then click Connect  
.
.
.
.
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
a
b
c
d
e
f
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select the network, and then click Connect  
Enter the Security key and click OK, if necessary.  
.
.
.
.
.
For Fixed IP networks:  
1
Set up your computer for wireless connectivity:  
NOTE: If the operating system on your computer provides a wireless configuration  
software, use it to change the wireless settings. Or you can change the wireless  
settings using the tool provided with the operating system. See the instructions  
below.  
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:  
a
b
c
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.  
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties  
Select the Wireless Networks tab.  
.
86  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
d
Ensure that the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless  
network settings is checked.  
NOTE: Be sure to write down the current wireless computer settings in step d  
and step f so that you can restore them later.  
e
f
Click the Advanced button.  
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the  
Advanced dialog box.  
g
h
Click the Add button to display Wireless network properties.  
On the Association tab, enter the following information and click OK  
Network name (SSID) dell_device  
Network Authentication Open  
Data encryption Disabled  
Ad hoc network checked  
.
:
:
:
:
i
j
Click the Move up button to move the newly added SSID to the top  
of the list.  
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.  
For Windows Vista:  
a
b
c
d
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
.
.
.
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
e
f
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a  
network  
.
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008:  
a
b
c
d
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select dell_device from the network items listed in Connect to a  
network  
.
.
.
.
e
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select dell_device from the network items listed in the available  
network list, and click Connect  
.
.
.
.
.
2
Check the IP address on your computer.  
88  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
4
Set the IP address on the printer.  
See "Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 mode)" on page 39.  
Enter the IP address in the address bar on your web browser.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool page appears.  
5
6
Change the wireless setting of the printer on Dell Printer Configuration  
Web Tool  
.
Reboot the printer.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
Restore the wireless settings on your computer.  
NOTE: If the operating system on your computer provides a wireless  
configuration software, use it to change the wireless settings. Or you can  
change the wireless settings using the tool provided with the operating  
system. See the instructions below.  
For Windows XP and Windows Server 2003:  
a
b
c
d
Select Network Connections from Control Panel.  
Right-click Wireless Network Connection and select Properties  
Select Wireless Network tab.  
.
Ensure that the check box for Use Windows to configure my wireless  
network settings is checked.  
e
f
Click Advanced.  
You can either set the printer to the ad-hoc mode or the infrastructure  
mode.  
For Adhoc mode:  
Select Computer to Computer (ad hoc) networks only and close the  
Advanced dialog box.  
For Infrastructure mode:  
Select Access point (Infrastructure) networks only and close the  
Advanced dialog box.  
g
h
i
Click Add to display Wireless network properties.  
Enter the setting that you will send to the printer and click OK  
Click Move up to move the setting to the top of the list.  
Click OK to close the Property dialog box.  
.
j
For Windows Vista:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select the network, and then click Connect  
.
.
.
.
.
90  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
f
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
g
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008:  
a
b
c
d
e
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select the network, and then click Connect  
.
.
.
.
Select Connect Anyway in the warning dialog box indicating you are  
entering an unsecured area.  
f
Click Close in the dialog box after confirming the connection is a  
success.  
For Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7:  
a
b
c
d
e
f
Open Control Panel  
Select Network and Internet  
Select Network and Sharing Center  
Select Connect to a network  
Select the network, and then click Connect  
Enter the Security key and click OK, if necessary.  
.
.
.
.
.
Setting Up for Shared Printing  
You can share your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities  
CD that shipped with your printer, or using Windows Point and Print or peer-  
®
to-peer method. However, if you use either of the Microsoft methods you  
will not get features such as the status monitor and other printer utilities,  
which will get installed with the Drivers and Utilities CD.  
If you want to use the printer on a network, share the printer and install its  
drivers on all the computers on the network.  
NOTE: You need to purchase a Ethernet cable separately for shared printing.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
For Windows® XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server® 2003, Windows  
Server 2003 x64 Edition  
1
2
3
Click start  
ï‚®
Printers and Faxes.  
Right-click this printer icon and select Properties  
.
From the Sharing tab, check the Share this printer check box, and then  
type a name in the Share name text box.  
4
5
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network  
clients using this printer.  
Click OK  
.
If the files are not present in your computer, then you will be prompted to  
insert the server operating system CD.  
For Windows Vista®, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Hardware and Sound  
ï‚®
Printers.  
Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing  
.
Click Change sharing options button.  
The "Windows needs your permission to continue" appears.  
Click Continue button.  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share  
name text box.  
7
8
Select Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network  
clients using this printer.  
Click OK  
.
For Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
4
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Printers.  
Right-click the printer icon and select Sharing  
.
Click Change Sharing Options button if exists.  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share  
name text box.  
5
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network  
clients using this printer.  
92  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
Click OK  
.
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
4
Click Start  
ï‚®
Devices and Printers.  
Right-click the printer icon and select Printer properties  
.
On the Sharing tab, click Change Sharing Options button if exists.  
Select the Share this printer check box, and then type a name in the Share  
name text box.  
5
6
Click Additional Drivers and select the operating systems of all network  
clients using this printer.  
Click Apply, and then click OK  
.
To check that the printer is shared:  
•
Ensure that the printer object in the Printers, Printers and Faxes, or  
Devices and Printers folder is shared. The share icon is shown under the  
printer icon.  
•
Browse Network or My Network Places. Find the host name of the server  
and look for the shared name you assigned to the printer.  
Now that the printer is shared, you can install the printer on network clients  
using the Point and Print method or the peer-to-peer method.  
Point and Print  
Point and Print is a Microsoft Windows technology that allows you to connect  
to a remote printer. This feature automatically downloads and installs the  
printer driver.  
For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows  
Server 2003 x64 Edition  
1
2
3
On the Windows desktop of the client computer, double-click My  
Network Places  
.
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the  
host name.  
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Wait for the driver information to be copied from the server computer to  
the client computer, and for a new printer object to be added to the  
Printers and Faxes folder. The time taken to copy varies based on the  
network traffic.  
Close My Network Places  
.
4
Print a test page to verify installation.  
a
Click start  
Edition)  
(
ï‚®
Start for Windows Server 2003 / Windows Server 2003 x64  
Settings (for Windows XP / Windows XP 64-bit Edition)  
ï‚®
Printers and Faxes  
Select the printer you have installed.  
Click File Properties  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
b
c
d
ï‚®
.
.
For Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
Click Start  
ï‚®
Network.  
Locate and double-click the host name of the server computer.  
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
.
94  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
5
Click Install driver  
.
Click Continue in User Account Control dialog box.  
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A  
new printer object is added to the Printers folder. The duration of this  
procedure may vary based on the network traffic.  
6
Print a test page to verify installation.  
a
b
c
d
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Hardware and Sound.  
Select Printers  
.
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
.
For Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
1
2
Click Start  
ï‚®
Network.  
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the  
host name.  
3
4
5
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
Click Install driver  
.
.
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A  
new printer object will be added to the Printers folder. The time taken for  
these activities varies based on network traffic.  
6
Print a test page to verify installation.  
a
b
c
d
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel.  
Select Printers  
.
Right-click the printer you just created and select Properties  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
.
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
Click Start  
ï‚®
Network (Start  
ï‚®
Network for Windows Server 2008 R2).  
Locate the host name of the server computer, and then double-click the  
host name.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3
4
5
Right-click the shared printer name, and then click Connect  
.
Click Install driver  
.
Wait until the driver is copied from the server to the client computer. A  
new printer object will be added to the Printers folder. The time taken for  
these activities varies based on network traffic.  
6
Print a test page to verify installation.  
a
b
c
Click Start  
Right-click the printer you just created and select Printer properties  
On the General tab, click Print Test Page  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
ï‚®
Devices and Printers.  
.
.
Peer-to-Peer  
If you use the peer-to-peer method, the printer driver is installed on each  
client computer. The client computers can modify the drivers and handle the  
print jobs.  
For Windows XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows  
Server 2003 x64 Edition  
1
Click start  
Edition)  
(
ï‚®
Start for Windows Server 2003 / Windows Server 2003 x64  
Settings (for Windows XP / Windows XP 64-bit Edition)  
Printers and Faxes  
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
Click Next  
.
2
3
4
.
Select A network printer, or a printer attached to another computer, and  
then click Next. If the printer is not listed, type in the path of the printer  
in the text box.  
96  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it  
to the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the  
server installation process.  
5
Click Browse for a printer, and then click Next.  
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If  
no system driver is available, specify the location where the driver is  
available.  
6
7
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then  
click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Yes to print a test page.  
Click Finish  
When a test page prints successfully, installation is complete.  
.
.
For Windows Vista, Windows Vista 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Hardware and Sound  
ï‚®
Printers.  
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard  
.
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next  
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The  
printer that I want isn't listed and type in the path of the printer in the  
.
Select a shared printer by name text box and click Next  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For example:\\<server host name>\<shared printer name>  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it  
on the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the  
server installation process.  
4
5
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If  
no system driver is available, specify the location where the driver is  
available.  
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then  
click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page  
Click Finish  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
6
7
.
.
For Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit Edition  
1
2
3
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Printers.  
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer, and then click Next  
If the printer is listed, select the printer and click Next, or select The  
printer that I want isn't listed and type in the path of the printer in the  
.
Select a shared printer by name text box and click Next  
.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer  
name>  
98  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it  
on the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the  
server installation process.  
4
5
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If  
no system driver is available, specify the location where the driver is  
available.  
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then  
click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page  
Click Finish  
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
.
6
7
.
.
For Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2  
1
2
3
Click Start  
ï‚®
Devices and Printers.  
Click Add a Printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer. If the printer is listed,  
select the printer and click Next, or select The printer that I want isn't  
listed. Click Select a shared printer by name and type in the path of the  
printer in the text box, and then click Next  
.
For example: \\<server host name>\<shared printer  
name>  
The server host name is the name of the server computer that identifies it  
to the network. The shared printer name is the name assigned during the  
server installation process.  
4
If this is a new printer, you may be prompted to install a printer driver. If  
no system driver is available, you need to specify the path to the available  
drivers.  
5
6
Confirm the printer name, and then click Next  
Select Yes if you want this printer to be set as the default printer, and then  
click Next  
If you want to verify installation, click Print a test page  
Click Finish  
.
.
7
8
.
.
When a test page is printed successfully, installation is complete.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
100  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Windows  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9
Installing Printer Drivers on  
Computers Running Macintosh  
Installing the Drivers and Software  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Run the Drivers and Utilities CD on the Macintosh computer.  
Double-click the Dell 1350cnw Installer icon, and then click Continue  
Click Continue on the Introduction screen.  
.
Select a language for the Software License Agreement.  
After reading the Software License Agreement, click Continue  
.
If you agree to the terms of the Software License Agreement, click Agree to  
continue the installation process.  
7
8
Confirm the installation location, and then click Continue  
Click Install to perform the standard installation.  
.
If you choose the custom installation, click Customize, select the items  
that you want to install, and then click Install  
.
•
•
Printer Driver  
Status Monitor Widget  
9
Type the administrator's name and password, and then click OK.  
10 Click Install to proceed with the installation.  
11 Click Close to complete installation.  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.5 or Later Version(s)  
When Using a USB connection  
1
2
3
Turn on the printer.  
Connect the USB cable between the printer and Macintosh computer.  
Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
4
5
6
7
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click Default.  
Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer Name list.  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.  
Click Add  
.
When Using Bonjour  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer  
and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is  
configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer.  
3
4
5
6
7
Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
.
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click Default  
.
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.  
Click Add  
.
When Using IP Printing  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer  
and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is  
configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer.  
3
4
5
6
7
Open the System Preferences, and click Print & Fax  
Click the Plus (+) sign, and click IP  
Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol  
Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.  
Select the model of your printer for Print Using  
.
.
.
.
102  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is  
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.  
8
Click Add.  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.4.11  
When Using a USB Connection  
1
2
3
Turn on the printer.  
Connect the USB cable between the printer and Macintosh computer.  
Start Printer Setup Utility  
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.  
4
5
6
7
8
Click Add  
.
Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.  
Select the printer connected via USB from the Printer list.  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.  
Click Add  
.
When Using Bonjour  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer  
and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is  
configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer.  
3
Start the Printer Setup Utility  
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.  
4
5
6
7
8
Click Add  
.
Click Default Browser in the Printer Browser dialog box.  
Select the printer connected via Bonjour from the Printer Name list.  
Name and Print Using are automatically entered.  
Click Add  
.
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
When Using IP Printing  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer  
and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is  
configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer.  
3
Start Printer Setup Utility  
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.  
4
5
6
7
8
Click Add  
.
Click IP Printer in the Printer Browser dialog box.  
Select Line Printer Daemon - LPD for Protocol  
Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.  
Select the model of your printer for Print Using  
.
.
NOTE: When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is  
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.  
9
Click Add.  
Adding a Printer on Mac OS X 10.3.9  
When Using a USB connection  
1
2
3
Turn on the printer.  
Connect the USB cable between the printer and the Macintosh computer.  
Start Printer Setup Utility  
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.  
4
5
6
7
Click Add  
.
Select USB from the menu.  
The Printer Model is automatically selected.  
Click Add  
.
104  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
When Using Rendezvous (Bonjour)  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer  
and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is  
configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer.  
3
Start Printer Setup Utility  
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.  
Click Add in the Printer List dialog box.  
4
5
6
7
Select Rendezvous from the menu.  
Select Dell for Printer Model, and select the model of your printer.  
Click Add  
.
When Using IP Printing  
1
2
Turn on the printer.  
Ensure that Macintosh computer and the printer are connected.  
If you use wired connection, connect the LAN cable between the printer  
and the network.  
If you use wireless connection, ensure that wireless connection is  
configured properly on your Macintosh computer and printer.  
3
Start Printer Setup Utility  
.
NOTE: You can find Printer Setup Utility in the Utilities folder in Applications.  
Click Add in the Printer List dialog box.  
4
5
6
7
8
Select IP Printing from the menu.  
Select LPD/LPR for Printer Type  
.
Type the IP address for the printer in the Address area.  
Select Dell for Printer Model, and select the model of your printer.  
NOTE: When the printing is set up using IP printing, the queue name is  
displayed as blank. You do not need to specify it.  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9
Click Add.  
106  
Installing Printer Drivers on Computers Running Macintosh  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Your Printer  
107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Overview  
NOTE: This web tool is available only when the printer is connected to a network.  
One of the features of the Dellâ„¢ Printer Configuration Web Tool is the E-  
Mail Alert Setup, which sends an e-mail to you or the key operator when the  
printer needs supplies or intervention.  
To fill out printer inventory reports requiring the asset tag number of all the  
printers in your area, use the Printer Information feature in the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool. Enter the IP address of each printer on the network  
to display the asset tag number.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool feature also allows you to change  
the printer settings and keep track of printing trends. If you are a network  
administrator, you can copy the printer settings to one or all printers on the  
network using your web browser.  
To launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, enter the IP address of  
your printer in your web browser.  
If you do not know the IP address of your printer, print the printer settings  
page, or display the TCP/IP Settings page, which lists the IP address.  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Ensure that Report/Listappears, and then press the  
button.  
button.  
Ensure that Printer Settingappears, and then press the  
The printer settings page is printed.  
4
Confirm the IP address next to IP Address under Network on the printer  
settings page.  
If the IP address is 0.0.0.0, wait for a few minutes to resolve the IP  
address automatically, and then print the printer settings page again.  
If the IP address is not resolved automatically, see "Assigning an IP Address  
(for IPv4 mode)" on page 39.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE: When the printer is connected to the USB port, TCP/IP Settings cannot be  
displayed.  
NOTE:  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer  
ï‚®
Tool Box.  
NOTE: When multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer, the  
Select Printer window appears. In this case, click the name of Dell 1350cnw  
Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Setting Report tab.  
Select TCP/IP Settings from the list at the left side of the page.  
110  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The TCP/IP Settings page is displayed.  
If the IP address shows 0.0.0.0(the factory default) or 169.254.xx.xx,  
an IP address has not been assigned. To assign an IP address for your printer,  
see "Assigning an IP Address (for IPv4 mode)" on page 39.  
Using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Use the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool for:  
Printer Status  
Use the Printer Status menu to get feedback on the printer status. When a  
toner cartridge is running low, click the order supplies link on the first screen  
to order an additional toner cartridge.  
Printer Jobs  
Use the Printer Jobs menu to contain information on the Job List page and  
Completed Jobs page.  
These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol or job.  
Printer Settings  
Use the Printer Settings menu to change printer settings and view the  
settings in the operator panel remotely.  
Print Server Settings  
Use the Print Server Settings menu to change the type of printer interface  
and necessary conditions for communications.  
Copy Printer Settings  
Use the Copy Printer Settings menu to copy the printer settings to another  
printer or printers on the network by entering the IP address of each printer.  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.  
Print Volume  
Use the Print Volume option to check the number of pages printed for each  
paper size.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
Printer Information  
Use the Printer Information menu to display the information of your printer.  
E-Mail Alert  
Use the E-Mail Alert menu to receive an e-mail when the printer needs  
supplies or intervention. Enter your name or the key operator name in the e-  
mail list box to be notified.  
Set Password  
Use the Set Password menu to lock the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
with a password so that other users do not inadvertently change the printer  
settings you selected.  
NOTE: You must log in as an administrator to use this feature.  
Online Help  
Click Online Help to visit the Dell Support web site.  
Order Supplies at:  
www.dell.com/supplies  
Contact Dell Support at:  
support.dell.com  
Setting Up the Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool  
Ensure that you activate JavaScript in your browser before using the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
It is recommended that you configure the environment settings of your web  
browser before using the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
NOTE: The Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool pages may be unreadable if the  
language differs from that of your web browser.  
112  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Setting Up From Web Browser  
It is recommended that you configure both the environment settings of your  
web browser and the operator panel before using the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool.  
For Internet Explorer® 6.0, Internet Explorer 7.0, Internet Explorer 8.0  
Setting Up the Display Language  
1
2
3
Select Internet Options from Tools on the menu bar.  
Select Languages in the General tab.  
Specify the display language in order of preference in the Language list.  
For example:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Italian (Italy) [it-IT]  
Spanish (Traditional Sort) [es-ES tradnl]  
German (Germany) [de-DE]  
French (France) [fr-FR]  
English (United States) [en-us]  
Danish [da-DK]  
Dutch (Netherlands) [nl-NL]  
Norwegian (Bokmal) [no]  
Swedish [sv-SE]  
Setting the IP Address of the printer to Non-Proxy  
1
2
Select Internet Options from the Tools menu.  
Click LAN Settings under Local Area Network (LAN) settings in the  
Connections tab.  
3
You can configure the LAN settings in one of the following ways:  
•
Clear the Use a proxy server for your LAN check box under Proxy  
server  
.
•
Click Advanced, and then specify the IP address of your printer in the  
Do not use proxy server for addresses beginning with field under  
Exceptions  
.
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
After setting the language and proxy, enter  
<http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>(the IP address of your printer) in the  
URL entry field of the browser to activate the Dell Printer Configuration  
Web Tool.  
For Firefox 2.0 or Later  
Setting Up the Display Language  
1
2
3
Select Options from the Tools menu.  
Click Advanced  
.
When you use Firefox 2.0, click Choose in the General tab. When you use  
Firefox 3.0, click Choose in the Content tab.  
4
Specify the display language in order of preference in the Languages in  
order of preference list.  
For example:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
English [en] or English/United States [en-us]  
Italian [it]  
Spanish [es]  
German [de]  
French [fr]  
Dutch [nl]  
Norwegian [no]  
Swedish [sv]  
Danish [da]  
Setting the IP Address of the printer to Non-Proxy  
1
2
3
4
5
Select Options from the Tools menu.  
Click Advanced tab.  
Click Network on the Options dialog box.  
Click Connection  
ï‚®
Settings.  
When you use Firefox 2.0, do one of the following:  
•
Select the Direct connection to the Internet check box.  
114  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
•
•
Select the Auto-detect proxy settings for this network check box.  
Select the Manual proxy configuration check box, and then enter the  
IP address of your printer in the No Proxy for edit box.  
•
Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL check box.  
When you use Firefox 3.0, do one of the following:  
•
•
•
Select the No Proxy check box, if you do not want to use a proxy.  
Select the Auto-detect proxy settings for this network check box.  
Select the Manual proxy configuration check box, and then enter a  
hostname and a port number if you have a list of one or more proxy  
servers. If you have an IP address that does not use a proxy, enter the  
IP address of your printer in the No Proxy for edit box.  
•
Select the Automatic proxy configuration URL check box.  
After setting the language and proxy, enter  
<http://nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn/>(the IP address of your printer) in the  
URL entry field of the browser to activate the Dell Printer Configuration  
Web Tool.  
Setting Up From Operator Panel  
You can launch the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool only when EWSis  
set to Enable(the factory default) on the operator panel. Check the  
operator panel setting if you cannot launch the Dell Printer Configuration  
Web Tool. For more information, see "Understanding the Printer Menus" on  
page 215.  
Page Display Format  
The layout of the page is divided into three sections.  
Top Frame  
The top frame is located on the top of all pages. When the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool is activated, the current status and specifications of  
the printer are displayed in the top frame on every page.  
The following items are displayed in the top frame.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
1
2
3 4  
5
6
1
Dell 1350cnw Displays the printer model name.  
Color Printer  
2
3
IP Address  
Location  
Displays the IP address of your printer.  
Displays the location of the printer. The location can be  
changed in the Basic Information on the Print Server Settings  
page.  
4
5
6
Contact Person Displays the administrator name of the printer. The name can  
be changed in the Basic Information on the Print Server  
Settings page.  
Event Panel  
Displays the condition of the printer. If an error occurs, the  
error code and message are displayed. For example, 077-  
090:Paper jam. Open...  
Printer Bitmap Shows the bitmap image of the printer. The Printer Status  
menu appears in the right frame when you click the image.  
116  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Left Frame  
The left frame is located on the left side of all pages. The menu titles  
displayed in the left frame are linked to corresponding menus and pages. You  
can go to the corresponding page by clicking their characters.  
The following menus are displayed in the left frame.  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
1
2
3
4
Printer Status Links to the Printer Status menu.  
Printer Jobs Links to the Printer Jobs menu.  
Printer Settings Links to the Printer Settings Report menu.  
Print Server  
Settings  
Links to the Print Server Reports menu.  
5
Copy Printer  
Settings  
Links to the Copy Printer Settings menu.  
6
7
Print Volume  
Links to the Print Volume menu.  
Links to the Printer Status menu.  
Printer  
Information  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
8
9
E-Mail Alert  
Set Password  
Links to the Print Server Settings menu.  
Links to the Security menu.  
10 Online Help  
Links to the Dell Support website.  
11 Order Supplies Links to the Dell web page.  
at:  
12 Contact Dell  
Links to the Dell support page web address: support.dell.com  
Support at:  
Right Frame  
The right frame is located on the right side of all pages. The contents of the  
right frame correspond to the menu that you select in the left frame. For  
details on the items displayed in the right frame, see "Details of the Menu  
Items" on page 119.  
Buttons in the Right Frame  
1
2
3
118  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
1
2
Refresh button Receives the current printer configuration and updates the  
latest information in the right frame.  
Apply New  
Submits new settings made on the Dell Printer Configuration  
Settings button Web Tool to the printer. The new settings replace the old  
settings of the printer.  
3
RestoreSettings Restores the old settings. New settings will not be submitted to  
button  
the printer.  
Changing the Settings of the Menu Items  
Some menus allow you to change the printer settings access through the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool. When you access these menus, the  
authentication window appears on the screen. Enter a user name and  
password of the administrator by following the prompts displayed in the  
dialog box.  
The default user name is admin, and the default password is left blank  
(NULL). You can change only the password in the Set Password page in the  
Security menu. For more information, see "Set Password" on page 151.  
Details of the Menu Items  
"Printer Status"  
"Printer Jobs"  
"Printer Status"  
"Printer Events"  
"Printer Information"  
"Job List"  
"Completed Jobs"  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
"Printer  
Settings"  
"PrinterSettings "Menu Settings"  
Report"  
"Reports"  
"Printer  
Settings"  
"System Settings"  
"USB Settings"  
"Secure Settings"  
"Paper Density"  
"Printer  
Maintenance"  
"Adjust BTR"  
"Adjust Fuser"  
"Auto Registration Adjustment"  
"Color Registration Adjustments"  
"Clean Developer"  
"BTR Refresh"  
"Maintenance Chart"  
"Reset Defaults"  
"Non-Dell Toner"  
"Adjust Altitude"  
"Web Link Customization"  
"Print Server Setup Page"  
"E-Mail Alert Setup Page"  
"Basic Information"  
"Port Settings"  
"Print Server  
Settings"  
"Print Server  
Reports"  
"Print Server  
Settings"  
"TCP/IP"  
"E-Mail Alert"  
"Bonjour (mDNS)"  
"SNMP"  
"LLTD"  
*1  
"Wireless LAN"  
"Reset Print Server"  
"Set Password"  
"Security"  
"IP Filter (IPv4)"  
120  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
"Copy Printer Settings"  
"Copy Printer Settings"  
"Copy Printer Settings Report"  
"Print Volume"  
"Print Volume"  
1
*
This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wireless network.  
Printer Status  
Use the Printer Status menu to check the status of consumables, hardware,  
and specifications of the printer.  
The following pages are displayed in the Printer Status menu.  
Printer Status  
Purpose:  
To check the status of the consumables and trays.  
Values:  
Cyan Cartridge Level  
Magenta Cartridge Level  
Yellow Cartridge Level  
Black Cartridge Level  
Displays the percentage of toner remaining in  
each toner cartridge. When a cartridge is  
empty, a message appears. The text Call or  
Order is linked to the Dell Printer Supplies  
website.  
Paper Trays  
Status  
OK  
Indicates that there is some paper in the tray  
but the quantity is unknown.  
Add Paper Indicates that there is no paper in the tray.  
Capacity  
Displays the maximum capacity of the  
output tray.  
Size  
Displays the size of paper in the tray.  
Output Tray  
Status  
Capacity  
OK  
Indicates that the tray is available.  
Displays the maximum capacity of the  
output tray.  
Cover  
Status  
Closed  
Open  
Indicates that the cover is closed.  
Indicates that the cover is open.  
Printer Type  
Displays the type of the printer. Color Laser  
is displayed normally.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Printing Speed  
Displays the printing speed.  
Printer Events  
Purpose:  
When faults such as Out of Paper or Rear Cover is Open occur, the details of  
all alerts or indications of faults are displayed in the Printer Events page.  
Values:  
Location  
Details  
Displays the location where the error occurred.  
Displays the details of the error.  
Printer Information  
Purpose:  
To display the system information of the printer. This page can also be  
displayed by clicking Printer Information in the left frame.  
Values:  
Dell Service Tag Number  
Express Service Code  
Asset Tag Number  
Displays Dell's service tag number.  
Displays the express service code of the printer.  
Displays the asset tag number of the printer.  
Displays the serial number of the printer.  
Displays the memory capacity.  
Printer Serial Number  
Memory Capacity  
Processor Speed  
Displays the processing speed.  
PrinterRevision Firmware  
Displays the version of the controller.  
Levels  
Version  
Network  
Firmware  
Version  
Displays the NIC version.  
122  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                             
Printer Jobs  
The Printer Jobs menu contains information on the Job List and Completed  
Jobs pages. These pages show the details of the status regarding each protocol  
or the print jobs.  
Job List  
Purpose:  
To confirm the print jobs that are being processed. Click the Refresh button  
to update the screen.  
Values:  
ID  
Displays the job ID.  
Job Name  
Owner  
Displays the file name of the job being printed  
Displays the name of the job owner.  
Displays the name of the host computer.  
Displays the status of the job being printed.  
Displays the status of the host interface.  
.
Host Name  
Job Status  
Host I/F  
Job Submitted Displays the date when the print job was submitted.  
Time  
Completed Jobs  
Purpose:  
To check the completed jobs. Up to 10 latest print jobs are displayed. Click  
the Refresh button to update the screen.  
Values:  
ID  
Displays the job ID.  
Job Name  
Owner  
Displays the file name of the job.  
Displays the name of the job owner.  
Displays the name of the host computer.  
Host Name  
Output Result Displays the status of the job.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
Impression  
Number  
Displays the total number of pages used by the print job.  
No. of Sheets  
Host I/F  
Displays the total number of sheets used by the print job.  
Displays the status of the host interface.  
Job Submitted Displays the date when the job was submitted.  
Time  
Printer Settings  
Use the Printer Settings menu to display the Printer Settings Report and to  
configure the printer settings.  
The following tabbed pages are displayed at the top of the right frame.  
Printer Settings Report  
The Printer Settings Report tab contains the Menu Settings and Reports  
pages.  
Menu Settings  
Purpose:  
To display the current settings of your printer.  
Values:  
System Settings Power Saver  
Time - Sleep  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it  
enters Sleep mode after it finishes a job.  
Power Saver  
Time - Deep  
Sleep  
Displays the time taken by the printer before it  
enters Deep Sleep mode after it goes into Sleep  
mode.  
Fault Time-Out Displays the time taken by the printer before it  
cancels jobs that stop abnormally.  
Job Time-Out Displays the amount of time that the printer waits  
for data to arrive from the computer.  
mm/inch  
Displays the measurement unit used after the  
numeric value on the operator panel.  
Default Paper Displays the default paper size.  
Size  
124  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                 
Auto Log Print Displays whether to automatically print a job  
history report after every 10 jobs.  
Low Toner  
Alert Msg  
Displays whether to show the alert message when  
the toner is low.  
Panel Language Displays the language used on the operator panel.  
USB Port Displays whether the USB interface is enabled.  
USB Settings  
Secure Settings Panel Lock Set Displays whether to limit access to the menus with  
a password.  
Login Error -  
Attempts  
Displays the maximum number that the  
administrator fails to log in.  
Paper Density Plain  
Displays the paper density of plain paper.  
Displays the paper density of labels.  
Label  
Plain  
Adjust BTR  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller  
for plain paper.  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller  
for thick plain paper.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller  
for cover paper.  
Label  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller  
for labels.  
Coated  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller  
for coated paper.  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller  
for envelopes.  
Displays the voltage setting of the transfer roller  
for recycled paper.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                 
Adjust Fuser  
Plain  
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser for  
plain paper.  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser for  
thick plain paper.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser for  
cover paper.  
Label  
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser for  
labels.  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser for  
coated paper.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser for  
envelopes.  
Displays the temperature setting of the fuser for  
recycled paper.  
Auto Registration Adjustment  
Adjust Altitude  
Displays whether to automatically adjust color  
registration.  
Displays the altitude of the location where the  
printer is installed.  
BTR Refresh  
Displays whether to execute counter measures for  
curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Displays whether to use toner cartridge of another  
manufacturer.  
Web Link  
Customization URL  
Select Reorder Displays a link used for ordering consumables,  
which can be accessed from Order Supplies at: in  
the left frame.  
Regular  
Displays the regular web address (http://  
accessories.us.dell.com/sna) that can be linked to  
Order Supplies at:  
Premier  
Displays the premier web address (http://  
premier.dell.com) that can be linked to Order  
Supplies at:  
Reports  
Purpose:  
To print the settings and history information of your printer.  
Values:  
126  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                   
Printer Settings Click the Start button to print the printer settings page.  
Device Settings Click the Start button to print the device settings page.  
Job History  
Click the Start button to print the Job History report.  
Click the Start button to print the Error History report.  
Error History  
Color Test Page Click the Start button to print the Color Test Page.  
Printer Settings  
The Printer Settings tab contains the System Settings, USB Settings, and  
Secure Settings pages.  
System Settings  
Purpose:  
To configure the basic printer settings.  
Values:  
Power Saver  
Time - Sleep  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Sleep mode  
after it finishes a job.  
*1  
Power Saver  
Time - Deep  
Sleep  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it enters Deep Sleep  
mode after it goes into Sleep mode.  
Fault Time-Out Specifies the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that  
stop abnormally. The print job is cancelled if it times out.  
Job Time-Out Specifies the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive  
from the computer. The print job is cancelled if it times out.  
*2  
mm / inch  
Specifies the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value  
on the operator panel.  
Default Paper Specifies the default paper size.  
Size  
Auto Log Print Specifies if a job history needs to be printed after every 10 jobs.  
Low Toner  
Alert Msg  
Alerts you if the toner is low.  
Panel Language Used to set the language on the operator panel.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                 
1
*
Enter 5 in Sleep to put the printer in the Sleep mode five minutes after it finishes a  
job. This uses less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer. Enter 5 if  
your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights  
flickering.  
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this  
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value  
between 5 and 30 minutes for the Sleep mode if you want a balance between energy  
consumption and a shorter warm-up period.  
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Sleep mode when it  
receives data from the computer. You can also return the printer to the standby mode  
by pressing any button on the operator panel.  
2
*
The default for mm/inch and Default Paper Size vary depending on country-specific  
factory default.  
USB Settings  
Purpose:  
To change the USB settings on your printer.  
Values:  
USB Port  
To enable the USB interface on your printer.  
Secure Settings  
Panel Lock  
Purpose:  
To restrict access to Admin Menuand Report/Listwith a password, and  
to set or change the password.  
Values:  
Panel Lock Set Restricts access to Admin Menuand Report/Listwith a  
password.  
New Password Sets a password required to access Admin Menuand Report/  
List.  
Re-enter  
Password  
Enter the new password again to confirm.  
128  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
NOTE: This menu sets a password to lock the operator panel. When you change  
the password for the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool, click Set Password on the  
left frame and set the password.  
Login Error  
Purpose:  
To set the maximum number of failed login attempts before an administrator  
is denied access to Admin Menuand Report/List.  
NOTE: This item is available only when Panel Lock Set is set to Enable.  
Printer Maintenance  
The Printer Maintenance tab contains the Paper Density, Adjust BTR,  
Adjust Fuser, Auto Registration Adjustment, Color Registration  
Adjustments, Clean Developer, BTR Refresh, Maintenance Chart, Reset  
Defaults, Non-Dell Toner, Adjust Altitude, and Web Link Customization  
pages.  
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper density.  
Values:  
Plain  
Label  
Sets the paper density of plain paper.  
Sets the paper density of labels.  
Adjust BTR  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller  
(BTR). To lower the voltage, set negative values. To increase, set positive  
values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you  
see mottles on the print output, try to increase the voltage. If you see white  
spots on the print output, try to decrease the voltage.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Values:  
Plain  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for plain  
paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for thick  
plain paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for cover  
paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Label  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for labels  
within the range of -3 to 3.  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for coated  
paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for  
envelopes within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the reference voltage setting for the transfer roller for recycled  
paper within the range of -3 to 3.  
Adjust Fuser  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fuser. To  
lower the temperature, set negative values. To increase, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When  
the printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner  
does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for plain paper within  
the range of -3 to 3.  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for thick plain paper  
within the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for cover paper within  
the range of -3 to 3.  
130  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Label  
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for labels within the  
range of -3 to 3.  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for coated paper within  
the range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for envelopes within the  
range of -3 to 3.  
Sets the temperature settings for the fuser for recycled paper within  
the range of -3 to 3.  
Auto Registration Adjustment  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to automatically adjust color registration.  
Color Registration Adjustments  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to manually adjust color registration.  
Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial setup of the  
printer or when the printer is moved to a different location.  
NOTE: The Color Registration Adjustments feature can be configured when Auto  
Registration Adjustment is set to Off.  
Values:  
Auto Correct  
Click Start to automatically correct color registration.  
Color Regi  
Chart  
Click Start to print a color registration chart. The color registration  
chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan lines. On  
the chart, find the values on the right side that are next to the line  
that is perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If the value for  
this line is 0, color registration is not needed. If the value for this  
line is any value other than 0, specify the adjustment values under  
Color Registration Adjustments.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Color  
Registration  
Adjustments  
Enter Number Specifies lateral (perpendicular to paper feed  
direction) and process (paper feed direction) color  
adjustment values individually for Y (Yellow), M  
(Magenta), C (Cyan), LY (Left Yellow), LM (Left  
Magenta), LC (Left Cyan), RY (Right Yellow),  
RM (Right Magenta), and RC (Right Cyan)  
within the range of -5 to +5.  
Clean Developer  
Purpose:  
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge, to use  
up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its life, or to  
stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.  
Values:  
Clean  
Click Start to stir the toner in the toner cartridge.  
Developer  
Yellow Toner  
Refresh  
Click Start to clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.  
Magenta Toner Click Start to clean the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.  
Refresh  
Cyan Toner  
Refresh  
Click Start to clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.  
Click Start to clean the toner in the black toner cartridge.  
Black Toner  
Refresh  
BTR Refresh  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to automatically execute counter measures for curling/  
separating discharge of the paper.  
Maintenance Chart  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosing your printer.  
Values:  
132  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Ghost  
Click Start to print a chart to check for ghost printing.  
4Colors  
Click Start to print bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black with  
varying density.  
Alignment  
Click Start to print a chart, and then check for proper alignment of  
the print image on the paper.  
Drum Refresh Click Start to print a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum  
cartridge.  
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for system parameters. After  
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,  
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.  
Values:  
Reset Defaults Click Start to initialize the system parameters.  
and restart  
printer.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
NOTE: Using non-Dell-brand toner cartridges may make some printer features  
unusable, reduce print quality and decrease the reliability of your printer. Dell  
recommends only new Dell-brand toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not  
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or  
components not supplied by Dell.  
NOTE: Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer, be sure to restart  
the printer.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with  
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of  
the location where the printer is being used.  
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality,  
incorrect indication of remaining toner.  
Web Link Customization  
Purpose:  
To specify a link used for ordering consumables, which can be accessed from  
Order Supplies at: in the left frame.  
Values:  
Select Reorder Select Regular or Premier web address to be linked to Order  
URL  
Supplies at:  
Regular  
Displays the regular web address (http://accessories.us.dell.com/  
sna) that can be linked to Order Supplies at:  
Premier  
Displays the premier web address (http://premier.dell.com) that  
can be linked to Order Supplies at:  
Print Server Settings  
Use the Print Server Settings menu to set the type of printer interface and  
necessary conditions for communications.  
The following tabbed pages are displayed in the top of the right frame.  
Print Server Reports  
The Print Server Reports tab contains the Print Server Setup Page and E-  
Mail Alert Setup Page.  
Print Server Setup Page  
Purpose:  
To verify the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/  
Internet Protocol) and printing ports. On this page, you can only verify the  
settings of items. If you want to change the settings, go to the pages in the  
Print Server Settings tab.  
134  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Values:  
*1  
Ethernet  
Ethernet  
Settings  
Displays the current settings of Ethernet  
transmission rate and the duplex settings.  
Current  
Ethernet  
Settings  
Displays the current Ethernet settings.  
MAC Address Displays the Media Access Control (MAC)  
address of the printer.  
Wireless  
Settings  
Wireless LAN Displays whether to enable wireless connection.  
*2  
SSID  
Displays the name that identifies the network.  
Network Type Displays the network type from either the Ad-Hoc  
or Infrastructure mode.  
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the wireless printer  
setting.  
Link Channel Displays the channel number of the connection.  
Link Quality  
Displays the quality of the connection.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
TCP/IP  
Settings  
IP Mode  
Displays the IP mode.  
Host Name  
Displays the host name.  
*3  
IPv4  
IP Address Mode Displays the IP address mode.  
IP Address  
Displays the IP address.  
Subnet Mask  
Displays the subnet mask.  
Gateway Address Displays the gateway address.  
Enable Stateless Displays whether to enable the  
*4  
IPv6  
Address  
stateless address.  
Use Manual  
Address  
Displays whether to set the IP  
address manually.  
Manual  
Address  
Displays the IP address.  
*5  
Stateless Address Displays the stateless  
*6  
1-3  
addresses.  
Link Local  
Address  
Displays the link local address.  
*6  
Manual Gateway Displays the gateway address.  
*5  
Address  
Auto Configure Displays the gateway address.  
Gateway  
*6  
Address  
136  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
*3  
*4  
DNS  
IPv4  
Get DNS Server Displays if the printer receives  
Address from  
DHCP  
the DNS server address  
automatically from the DHCP  
server.  
Current DNS  
Server Address  
Displays the DNS server  
address.  
IPv6  
Get DNS Server Displays if the printer receives  
Address from  
DHCPv6-lite  
the DNS server address  
automatically from the  
DHCPv6-lite server.  
Current DNS  
Server Address  
Displays the DNS server  
address.  
Priority to IPv6 Displays whether to use the  
DNS Name  
Resolution*  
DNS Name Resolution  
feature.  
7
LPD  
Port Status  
Displays the port status.  
Connection  
Time-Out  
Displays the connection time-out period.  
Port9100  
Port Status  
Displays the port status.  
Port Number  
Displays the port number.  
Connection  
Time-Out  
Displays the connection time-out period.  
WSD  
Port Status  
Displays the WSD (Web Services on Devices)  
port status.  
Port Number  
Displays the WSD port number.  
Receive Time- Displays the receive time-out period.  
Out  
Notification  
Time-Out  
Displays the notification time-out period.  
Displays the maximum number of TTLs.  
Displays the maximum number of notifications.  
Maximum  
Number of TTL  
Maximum  
Number of  
Notification  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
HTTP  
Port Status  
Displays the port status.  
Displays the port number.  
Port Number  
Simultaneous Displays the number of connections received  
Connections  
simultaneously by the client.  
Connection  
Time-Out  
Displays the connection time-out period.  
Bonjour  
(mDNS)  
Port Status  
Host Name  
Printer Name  
Port Status  
Port Status  
Address  
Displays the port status.  
Displays the host name.  
Displays the printer name.  
Displays the port status.  
Displays the port status.  
SNMP  
LLTD  
IP Filter  
Displays the list of IP addresses that are permitted  
or denied access to the printer.  
8
(IPv4)*  
Address Mask Displays the list of subnet mask that are  
permitted or denied access to the printer.  
Active Mode  
Displays whether to be permitted or denied access  
to the printer.  
*1  
This item is displayed only when the printer is connected with a wired network.  
This item is displayed only when the printer is connected with a wireless network.  
This item is displayed when IPv4 or Dual Stack Mode is selected.  
This item is displayed when IPv6 or Dual Stack Mode is selected.  
This item is displayed only when Use Manual Address is Enable.  
This item is displayed only when an IP address has been assigned.  
This item is available only when using IPv6 dual mode.  
*2  
*3  
*4  
*5  
*6  
*7  
*8  
This item is only available for LPD or Port9100.  
E-Mail Alert Setup Page  
Purpose:  
To verify the current settings of SMTP/POP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol/  
Post Office Protocol) used for the e-mail feature and E-Mail Alerts feature. In  
this page, you can only verify the settings of items. If you want to change the  
settings, go to the pages in the Print Server Settings tab.  
Values:  
138  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
E-Mail Server Port Status  
Settings  
Displays the port status.  
Primary SMTP Displays the primary SMTP gateway.  
Gateway  
SMTP Port  
Number  
Displays the SMTP port number.  
E-Mail Send  
Displays the authentication method for outgoing  
Authentication e-mail.  
POP3 Server  
Address  
Displays the POP3 server address.  
Displays the POP3 port number.  
POP3 Port  
Number  
Reply Address Displays the reply e-mail address sent with each  
E-mail Alert.  
SMTP Server  
Connection  
Displays the status of the SMTP server  
connection.  
E-Mail Alert  
Settings  
E-Mail List 1  
Displays the acceptable e-mail addresses for the  
E-Mail Alert feature specified in E-mail List 1.  
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts Displays the e-mail alert  
List 1  
receive status for consumables.  
Paper Handling Displays the e-mail alert  
Alerts  
receive status for paper  
handling.  
Service Call  
Displays the e-mail alert  
receive status for service calls.  
E-Mail List 2  
Displays the acceptable e-mail addresses for the  
E-Mail Alert feature specified in E-mail List 2.  
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts Displays the e-mail alert  
List 2  
receive status for consumables.  
Paper Handling Displays the e-mail alert  
Alerts  
receive status for paper  
handling.  
Service Call  
Displays the e-mail alert  
receive status for service calls.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Print Server Settings  
The Print Server Settings tab contains the Basic Information, Port Settings,  
TCP/IP, E-Mail Alert, Bonjour (mDNS), SNMP, LLTD, Wireless LAN, and  
Reset Print Server pages.  
Basic Information  
Purpose:  
To configure the basic information of the printer.  
Values:  
System Settings Printer Name  
Location  
Specifies the name of the printer using up to 31  
alphanumeric characters.  
Specifies the location of the printer using up to 63  
alphanumeric characters.  
Contact Person Specifies the contact name, number, and other  
information of the administrator and service  
center using up to 63 alphanumeric characters.  
Administrator Specifies the contact address of the administrator  
E-Mail Address and service center using up to 63 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Asset Tag  
Number  
Enter the asset tag number for the printer.  
EWS Settings Auto Refresh  
Automatically refreshes the contents of the status  
display pages.  
Auto Refresh  
Interval  
Sets the time interval for refreshing the contents  
of the status display pages automatically from 15  
to 600 seconds.  
NOTE: The Auto Refresh feature is effective for the contents of the top frame,  
Printer Status page, Job List page, and Completed Jobs page.  
Port Settings  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable printing connectors and management protocol features.  
Values:  
140  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
1
Ethernet*  
Ethernet  
Settings  
Auto  
Detects Ethernet transmission  
rate and the duplex settings  
automatically.  
10Base-T  
Half-Duplex  
Selects 10Base-T Half-Duplex  
as the default value.  
10Base-T  
Full-Duplex  
Selects 10Base-T Full-Duplex  
as the default value.  
100Base-TX  
Half-Duplex  
Selects 100Base-TX Half-  
Duplex as the default value.  
100Base-TX Full- Selects 100Base-TX Full-  
Duplex  
Duplex as the default value.  
Current Ethernet Settings  
Displays the current settings of  
Ethernet.  
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the printer.  
Port Status  
LPD  
Specifies whether to enable LPD.  
Port9100  
WSD  
Specifies whether to enable Port9100.  
Specifies whether to enable the WSD port.  
Bonjour  
(mDNS)  
Specifies whether to enable the Bonjour(mDNS)  
feature.  
E-Mail Alert  
Specifies whether to enable the E-Mail Alert  
feature.  
SNMP  
LLTD  
Specifies whether to enable the SNMP.  
Specifies whether to enable LLTD.  
1
*
This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wired network.  
NOTE: The settings in the Port Settings page will be valid only when the printer is  
rebooted. When you change or configure the settings, click the Apply new settings  
button to apply new settings.  
TCP/IP  
Purpose:  
To configure the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the printer.  
Values:  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                                 
TCP/IP  
Settings  
IP Mode  
Host Name  
IPv4  
Specifies the IP mode.  
Specifies the host name.  
IP Address Mode Selects the IP address mode.  
Manual IP  
Address  
Manually sets the IP address.  
Manual Subnet Manually sets the subnet  
Mask mask.  
Manual Gateway Manually sets the gateway  
Address address.  
IPv6  
Enable Stateless To enable the stateless address.  
Address  
Use Manual  
Address  
To set the IP address manually.  
Manual Address Manually sets the IP address.  
To specify an IPv6 address,  
enter the address. Followed by  
a slash (/) and then "64". For  
details, consult your system  
administrator.  
Manual Gateway Manually sets the gateway  
Address  
address.  
142  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
DNS  
DNS Domain Specifies the domain name of the domain name  
Name  
server. Up to 255 alphanumeric characters,  
periods, and hyphens can be used. If you need to  
specify more than one domain name, separate  
them using a comma or semicolon.  
IPv4  
Get DNS Server Specifies if the printer receives  
Address from  
DHCP  
the DNS server address  
automatically from the DHCP  
server.  
Manual DNS  
Server Address  
Sets the DNS server address.  
IPv6  
Get DNS Server Specifies if the printer receives  
Address from  
DHCPv6-lite  
the DNS server address  
automatically from the  
DHCPv6-lite server.  
Manual DNS  
Server Address  
Sets the DNS server address.  
Priority to IPv6 Specifies whether to enable  
DNS Name  
Resolution  
the DNS Name Resolution  
feature.  
LPD  
Connection  
Time-Out  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to  
1000 seconds.  
IP Filter (IPv4) Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings  
on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.  
Port9100  
Port Number  
Sets the port number from 9000 to 9999.  
Connection  
Time-Out  
Sets the connection time-out period between 1  
and 1000 seconds.  
IP Filter (IPv4) Click IP Filter (IPv4) to set the IP filter settings  
on the IP Filter (IPv4) page.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
WSD  
Port Number  
Sets the port number. This must be 80 or between  
8000 and 9999.  
Receive Time- Sets the receive time-out period from 1 to 65535  
Out  
seconds.  
Notification  
Time-Out  
Sets the notification time-out period from 1 to 60  
seconds.  
Maximum  
Sets the maximum number of TTL from 1 to 10.  
Number of TTL  
Maximum  
Number of  
Notification  
Sets the maximum number of notifications from  
10 to 20.  
HTTP  
Port Number  
Sets the port number. This must be 80 or between  
8000 and 9999.  
Simultaneous Displays the maximum number of connections  
Connections  
received simultaneously by the client.  
Connection  
Time-Out  
Sets the connection time-out period from 1 to 255  
seconds.  
E-Mail Alert  
Purpose:  
To configure settings for E-Mail Alert. This page can also be displayed by  
clicking E-Mail Alert in the left frame.  
Values:  
144  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
E-Mail Server Primary SMTP Sets the primary SMTP gateway.  
Settings  
Gateway  
SMTP Port  
Number  
Specifies the SMTP port number. This must be  
25, 587 or between 5000 and 65535.  
E-Mail Send  
Specifies the authentication method for outgoing  
Authentication e-mail.  
SMTP Login  
User  
Specifies the SMTP login user. Up to 63  
alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens,  
underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If  
specifying more than one address, separate them  
using commas.  
SMTP Login  
Password  
Specifies the SMTP account password using up to  
31 alphanumeric characters.  
Re-enter SMTP Enter the SMTP account password again to  
Login Password confirm.  
POP3 Server  
Address*  
Specifies the POP3 server address in IP address  
format of "aaa.bbb.ccc.ddd" or as a DNS host  
name using up to 63 characters.  
1
POP3 Port  
Number*  
Specifies the POP3 server port number. This must  
be 110 or between 5000 and 65535.  
1
POP User  
Name*  
Specifies the POP3 account user name. Up to 63  
alphanumeric characters, periods, hyphens,  
underscores, and at symbols (@) can be used. If  
specifying more than one address, separate them  
using commas.  
1
POP User  
Password*  
Specifies the POP3 account password using up to  
31 alphanumeric characters.  
1
Re-enter POP Enter the POP3 account password again to  
User  
Password*  
confirm.  
1
Reply Address Designates the reply e-mail address sent with each  
E-mail Alert.  
SMTP Server  
Connection  
Displays the status of the SMTP server  
connection.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
E-Mail Alert  
Settings  
E-Mail List 1  
Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-Mail  
Alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts Specifies whether to receive an  
List 1  
e-mail alert for consumables.  
Paper Handling Specifies whether to receive an  
Alerts  
e-mail alert for paper handling.  
Service Call  
Specifies whether to receive an  
e-mail alert for service calls.  
E-Mail List 2  
Sets acceptable e-mail addresses for the E-Mail  
Alert feature using up to 255 alphanumeric  
characters.  
Select Alerts for Supplies Alerts Specifies whether to receive an  
List 2  
e-mail alert for consumables.  
Paper Handling Specifies whether to receive an  
Alerts  
e-mail alert for paper handling.  
Service Call  
Specifies whether to receive an  
e-mail alert for service calls.  
1
*
This item is available only when POP before SMTP for E-Mail Send Authentication is  
selected.  
Bonjour (mDNS)  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed settings for Bonjour.  
Values:  
Host Name  
Specifies the host name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and "-"  
(dash). The original setting will remain valid if nothing is entered.  
Printer Name  
Specifies the printer name up to 63 alphanumeric characters and  
symbol sets.  
SNMP  
Purpose:  
To configure the detailed settings of SNMP.  
146  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Values:  
Community  
Name  
Community  
Name (Read  
only)  
Specifies the community name to access (read  
only) data using up to 31 alphanumeric  
characters.  
*1  
The original setting will remain valid if nothing is  
entered. Characters entered for community name  
in the previous settings will not be displayed on  
the screen. The default Read Community is  
public.  
Re-enter  
Enter the community name to access (read only)  
data again to confirm.  
Community  
Name (Read  
*1  
only)  
Community  
Name (Read/  
Write)  
Specifies the community name to access (read and  
write) data using up to 31 alphanumeric  
characters.  
*1  
The original setting will remain valid if nothing is  
entered. Characters entered for community name  
in the previous settings will not be displayed on  
the screen. The default Read/Write Community is  
private.  
Re-enter  
Enter the community name to access (read and  
write) data again to confirm.  
Community  
Name (Read/  
*1  
Write)  
Community  
Name (Trap)  
Specifies the community name used for trap up to  
31 alphanumeric characters.  
*1  
The original setting will remain valid if nothing is  
entered. Characters entered for community name  
in the previous settings will not be displayed on  
the screen. The default Trap Community is " "  
(NULL).  
Re-enter  
Community  
Name (Trap)  
Enter the community name used for trap again to  
confirm.  
*1  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Trap  
Trap Address  
Select the trap address type from the list.  
Selecting Off clears the settings in Trap Address,  
Port Number, and Notify, and does not notify trap  
occurrence. Selecting IPv4 or IPv6 allows you to  
enter Trap Address.  
Notification 1- Type  
4
Trap Address  
Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the  
following format:  
• IPv4  
Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the  
nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn:mmmmm format. Each  
section of "nnn" is a variable value between 0 and  
255. Note that values 127 and 224-254 are not  
valid for the first three-digits only. IP socket  
mmmmm is a variable value between 0 and  
65535.  
• IPv6  
Specifies the IP address and IP socket in the  
xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:mmm  
mm format. Each section of "xxxx" is a  
hexadecimal variable value between 0 and ffff. IP  
socket mmmmm is a variable value between 0  
and 65535.  
Port Number  
Notify  
Enter the SNMP trap destination port number.  
Specifies whether to notify trap occurrence.  
Authenticate Error Trap  
Specifies whether to notify Authenticate Error  
Trap.  
1
*
The default value can be changed by using Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
LLTD  
Purpose:  
To specify the maximum number of devices.  
Values:  
Maximum Number of Device  
Sets the maximum number of device from 64 to  
1024.  
148  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Wireless LAN  
Purpose:  
To configure wireless network settings.  
To connect the printer with a wireless network, be sure to disconnect the  
Ethernet cable.  
NOTE: Once wireless LAN is activated, wired LAN protocol will be disabled.  
Values:  
Wireless  
Settings  
Wireless LAN Specifies whether to enable wireless connection.  
SSID  
Specifies the name that identifies the wireless  
network using up to 32 alphanumeric characters.  
Network Type Specifies the network type from either Ad-Hoc or  
Infrastructure.  
MAC Address Displays the MAC address of the wireless network  
setting of the printer.  
Link Channel Displays the channel number of the wireless  
connection of the printer.  
Link Quality  
Encryption  
Displays the quality of the wireless network  
connection of the printer.  
Security  
Settings  
Select the security method from the list.  
No Security  
Specifies No Security to  
configure the wireless setting  
without specifying a security  
method from WEP, WPA-  
PSK AES/WPA2-PSK AES,  
and WPA-PSK TKIP.  
WEP  
Specifies the WEP to use  
through the wireless network.  
WPA-PSK  
TKIP*  
Specifies the WPA-PSK TKIP  
to use through the wireless  
network.  
1
WPA-PSK AES/ Specifies the WPA-PSK AES/  
WPA2-PSK  
AES*  
WPA2-PSK AES to use  
through the wireless network.  
1
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                           
WEP  
Encryption  
WEP Key 1  
Select the WEP key code from the list.  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from  
Encryption of Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Enter the WEP key 1 again to confirm.  
Key 1  
WEP Key 2  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from  
Encryption of Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Enter the WEP key 2 again to confirm.  
Key 2  
WEP Key 3  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from  
Encryption of Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Enter the WEP key 3 again to confirm.  
Key 3  
WEP Key 4  
Enter the WEP key when WEP is selected from  
Encryption of Security Settings.  
Re-enter WEP Enter the WEP key 4 again to confirm.  
Key 4  
Transmit Key  
Pass Phrase  
Specifies the transmit key type from the list.  
Specifies the pass phrase.  
WPA-PSK  
Re-enter Pass  
Phrase  
Enter the pass phrase again to confirm.  
1
*
This item is available only when the Infrastructure mode is selected for Network  
Type.  
NOTE: This item is available only when the printer is connected with a wireless  
network.  
Reset Print Server  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for the network feature and reboot  
the printer. You can also initialize NVM of the printer from Reset Defaults in  
the Printer Settings menu.  
Values:  
150  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Initialize NIC Click the Start button to initialize NVM. Network settings will  
NVRAM  
Memory and  
restart printer.  
revert to the factory default settings and reboot the network  
capability.  
Restart Printer Click the Start button to reboot the printer.  
Security  
The Security tab contains the Set Password and IP Filter (IPv4) pages.  
Set Password  
Purpose:  
To set or change the password that is required to access the setup parameters  
of the printer from the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
This page can also be displayed by clicking Set Password in the left frame.  
Values:  
Administrator Sets the password using up to 10 alphanumeric characters. The  
Password  
password will appear as asterisks (*) in the field when it is entered.  
Re-enter  
Enter the password again to confirm.  
Administrator  
Password  
Access denial  
by the  
Sets the maximum number that the administrator fails to log in. If  
you set 0, this feature is disabled.  
authentication  
failure of the  
Administrator  
The failed attempts counter is reset to 0 by a successful  
authentication.  
Every administrator authentication is rejected if the counter  
exceeds the maximum number of failed login attempts.  
NOTE: If you forgot your password, initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) to restore  
the password to the default (NULL). See "Reset Print Server" on page 150.  
NOTE: When you change the password to lock the operator panel, set the  
password from Panel Lock Set in the Printer Settings.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
IP Filter (IPv4)  
Purpose:  
To specify the IP address and subnet mask to be permitted or denied access to  
the printer.  
Values:  
Address  
Specifies the IP addresses that are permitted or denied access to the  
printer. Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.  
Address Mask Specifies the subnet mask that are permitted or denied access to  
the printer. Enter a numeric value between 0 and 255 in each field.  
Active Mode  
Reject  
Rejects printing from specified network address.  
Permits printing from specified network address.  
Permit  
Disabled  
Disables the IP Filter feature for the specified IP  
address.  
NOTE: This item is only available for LPD or Port9100.  
Copy Printer Settings  
The Copy Printer Settings menu contains the Copy Printer Settings and  
Copy Printer Settings Report pages.  
Copy Printer Settings  
Purpose:  
To copy the printer settings to one or more printers of the same model.  
To copy the settings to another printer, specify the IP address and password of  
the printer to which the settings are copied in the IP Address text box and  
Password text box. Then, click the Copy the settings to the Host in the above  
list. button. Copying the settings is complete. The connection time-out  
period is 60 seconds. After that, you can check whether the settings were  
copied to this page. And you need to click the Copy the settings to the Host  
in the above list and reboot the machine button of the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool in the destination printer to verify if the settings  
were actually copied or not.  
152  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
If the settings can be copied but the printer configuration is different, the  
settings of only the common items are copied. Printer settings can be copied  
to 10 IP addresses of printers simultaneously.  
Copy Printer Settings Report  
Purpose:  
To verify the histories of copying.  
NOTE: The history is cleared by turning off the printer.  
Print Volume  
Purpose:  
Use the Print Volume menu to verify the number of printed pages.  
Values:  
Printer Page  
Count  
Displays the total number of pages printed since the printer was  
shipped from the factory.  
Paper Used  
Displays the number of pages printed for each paper size.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
154  
Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11  
Print Media Guidelines  
Print media can be paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others.  
Your printer provides high-quality printing on a variety of print media.  
Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing  
troubles. This section describes selecting print media, caring for print media,  
and loading the print media in Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) or Priority Sheet  
Inserter (PSI).  
Paper  
2
For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m (20 lb) xerographic, grain long  
2
paper. For the best print quality in black and white, use 90 g/m (24 lb)  
xerographic, grain long paper. Before buying large quantities of any print  
media, it is recommended that you try a sample first.  
When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper  
package, and load the paper accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 45 and "Loading Print Media in the  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 50 for detailed loading instructions.  
Paper Characteristics  
The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. It is  
recommended that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper  
stock.  
Weight  
Both MPF and PSI automatically feed paper whose weights range from 60 to  
2
2
163 g/m (16 to 44 lb bond) grain long. Paper lighter than 60 g/m (16 lb) may  
not feed properly, and could cause paper jams. For best performance, use 75 g/  
2
m (20 lb bond) grain long paper.  
Curl  
Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can  
cause paper feeding problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes  
through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper  
Print Media Guidelines  
155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
unwrapped, even in the paper feeder, can contribute to paper curling prior to  
printing and cause feeding problems regardless of humidity. When printing  
on curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the MPF or PSI.  
Smoothness  
The degree of paper smoothness directly affects print quality. If the paper is  
too rough, the toner does not fuse to the paper properly, resulting in poor  
print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding problems.  
Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print  
quality.  
Moisture Content  
The amount of moisture in the paper affects both print quality and the ability  
of the printer to feed the paper properly. Leave the paper in its original  
packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the exposure of the paper  
to moisture changes that can degrade its performance.  
Grain Direction  
Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is  
either grain long, running the length of the paper, or grain short, running the  
2
width of the paper. For 60 to 135 g/m (16 to 36 lb bond) paper, grain long  
2
fibers are recommended. For paper heavier than 135 g/m (36 lb bond), grain  
short is preferred.  
Fiber Content  
Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically pulped  
wood. Paper containing fibers such as cotton possess characteristics that can  
result in degraded paper handling.  
Recommended Paper  
2
To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use dry 75 g/m (20 lb)  
xerographic paper. Business paper designed for general business use also  
provide acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high  
temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions.  
The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures. Check with the  
manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is  
acceptable for laser printers.  
156  
Print Media Guidelines  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
NOTE: Always print several samples before buying large quantities of any type of  
print media. When choosing any print media, you should consider the weight, fiber  
content, and color.  
Unacceptable Paper  
The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer:  
•
Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also  
known as carbonless paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon  
required (NCR) paper  
•
•
•
Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer  
Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fuser  
Preprinted paper that require a registration (the precise print location on  
the page) greater than ±0.09 inches, such as optical character recognition  
(OCR) forms  
In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to  
successfully print on these forms.  
•
•
•
Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, thermal paper  
Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper  
Recycled paper containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that do  
not meet DIN 19 309  
•
•
Multiple-part forms or documents  
Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the  
text) when printing on talc or acid paper.  
•
Moist paper that may cause wrinkle  
Selecting Paper  
Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing.  
To help avoid jams or poor print quality:  
•
•
Always use new, dry, and undamaged paper.  
Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the  
paper. This information is usually indicated on the paper package.  
•
Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed yourself.  
Print Media Guidelines  
157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
•
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This  
may result in a paper jam.  
•
•
•
Do not remove the PSI while a job is printing.  
Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the MPF or PSI.  
Flex paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the  
stack on a level surface.  
Selecting Preprinted Media and Letterhead  
When selecting preprinted media and letterhead paper for the printer:  
•
•
Use grain long paper for best results.  
Use only forms and letterhead printed using an offset lithographic or  
engraved printing process.  
•
•
•
Select paper that absorb ink, but do not bleed.  
Avoid paper with rough or heavily textured surfaces.  
Use paper printed with heat-resistant inks designed for use in xerographic  
copiers. The ink must withstand temperatures of 225°C (437°F) without  
melting or releasing hazardous emissions.  
•
Use inks that are not affected by the resin in toner or the silicone in the  
fuser. Inks that are oxidation-set or oil-based should meet these  
requirements; latex inks might not. If you are in doubt, contact your paper  
supplier.  
Printing on Letterhead  
Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the pre-printed  
letterhead you have selected is acceptable for laser printers.  
158  
Print Media Guidelines  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Page orientation is important when printing on letterhead. Use the following  
table for help when loading letterhead in the print media sources.  
Loading Letterhead  
Load the letterhead in the printer with the print side facing up. Ensure that  
the title on the letter head enters the printer first.  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
Selecting Pre-Punched Paper  
Pre-punched paper brands can differ in the number and placement of holes  
and in manufacturing techniques. However, it may not be possible to print on  
the paper to depending on the placement of holes on the paper.  
To select and use pre-punched paper:  
•
Test paper from several manufacturers before ordering and using large  
quantities of pre-punched paper.  
•
Paper should be punched at the paper manufacturer and not drilled into  
paper already packaged in a ream. Drilled paper can cause jams when  
multiple sheets feed through the printer. This may result in a paper jam.  
•
•
Pre-punched paper can include more paper dust than standard paper. Your  
printer may require more frequent cleaning and feed reliability may not be  
as good as standard paper.  
Weight guidelines for pre-punched paper are the same as non-punched  
paper.  
Print Media Guidelines  
159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Envelopes  
Depending on the choice of envelopes, it is possible to expect variable levels  
of light wrinkling. Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is  
recommended that you try a sample first. See "Loading Print Media in the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 166 or "Loading Print Media in the  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 173 for instructions on loading an  
envelope.  
When printing on envelopes:  
•
•
Use only high-quality envelopes that are designed for use in laser printers.  
Set the print media source to MPF or PSI. Set the paper type to Envelope  
,
and select the correct size of envelope from the printer driver.  
2
•
For best performance, use envelopes made from 75 g/m (20 lb bond)  
2
paper. You can use up to 105 g/m (28 lb bond) weight for the envelope  
feeder as long as the cotton content is 25% or less. Envelopes with 100%  
2
cotton content must not exceed 90 g/m (24 lb bond) weight.  
•
•
Use only freshly unpackaged, undamaged envelopes.  
Use envelopes that can withstand temperatures of 205°C (401°F) without  
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions. If  
you have any doubts about the envelopes you are considering, check with  
the envelope supplier.  
•
•
•
Adjust the guide to fit the width of the envelopes.  
To load envelope in MPF or PSI, the print side must be facing up.  
See "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 45  
or "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 50  
for instructions on loading an envelope.  
•
•
Use one envelope size during a print job.  
Ensure that the humidity is low because high humidity (more than 60%)  
and the high printing temperatures may seal the envelopes.  
•
For best performance, do not use envelopes that:  
–
–
–
Have excessive curl or twist  
Are stuck together or damaged in any way  
Contain windows, holes, perforations, cutouts, embossing  
160  
Print Media Guidelines  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
–
–
–
–
–
Use metal clasps, string ties, or metal folding bars  
Have an interlocking design  
Have postage stamps attached  
Have nicked edges or bent corners  
Have rough, cockle, or laid finishes  
Labels  
Your printer can print on many labels designed only for use with laser printers.  
When selecting labels:  
•
Label adhesives, face sheet (printable stock), and topcoats must be able to  
withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) and pressure of 25 pounds per  
square inch (psi).  
•
•
Use labels that can be without sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or  
releasing hazardous emissions.  
Do not use label sheets with a slick backing material.  
NOTICE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that  
you try a sample first.  
When printing on labels:  
•
Use labels that can withstand temperatures of 205 °C (401 °F) without  
sealing, excessive curling, wrinkling, or releasing hazardous emissions.  
•
•
•
•
Set the paper type to Label from the printer driver.  
Do not load labels together with paper in the same tray.  
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the die-cut.  
Do not print within 1 mm (0.04 inches) of the edge of the label, of the  
perforations, or between die-cuts of the label.  
•
•
•
•
Do not print a label through the printer more than once.  
Portrait orientation is preferred, especially when printing bar codes.  
Do not use labels that have exposed adhesive.  
Use full label sheets. Partial sheets may cause labels to peel off during  
printing, resulting in a jam.  
Print Media Guidelines  
161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
•
Do not use label sheets that have adhesive to the edge of the sheet. It is  
recommended that zone coating of the adhesive is done at least 1 mm  
(0.04 inches) away from edges. Adhesive material contaminates your  
printer and could void your warranty.  
CAUTION: Otherwise the printer occur in a jam and contaminate your printer and  
your cartridges with adhesive. As a result, could void your printer and cartridge  
warranties.  
Storing Print Media  
For proper print media storage, the following guidelines help avoid media  
feeding problems and uneven print quality.  
•
For best results, store print media in an environment where the  
temperature is approximately 21°C (70°F) and the relative humidity is  
40%.  
•
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the  
floor.  
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,  
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so that the edges do not buckle or  
curl.  
•
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.  
Identifying Print Media and Specifications  
This section provides information on supported paper sizes, types, and  
specification.  
Supported Paper Sizes  
Multipurpose Feeder  
(MPF)  
Priority Sheet Inserter  
(PSI)  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
A4 (210x297 mm)  
B5 (182x257 mm)  
A5 (148x210 mm)  
C5 (162x229 mm)  
162  
Print Media Guidelines  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                       
Multipurpose Feeder  
(MPF)  
Priority Sheet Inserter  
(PSI)  
Y
Y
Y
Y*4  
Monarch (3.875x7.5 in)  
Monarch LEF (7.5x3.875  
in)*  
1
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y*4  
Envelope #10 (4.125x9.5 in)  
DL (110x220 mm)  
1
DL LEF (220x110 mm)*  
Y
Letter (8.5x11 in)  
Legal (8.5x14 in)  
Y
Y
Folio (8.5x13 in)  
Y
Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in)  
2 3  
Y
Custom* *  
1
*
You can place the originals in a long-edge feed direction or in a short-edge feed  
direction. The following illustration shows SEF and LEF. The arrow mark in the  
illustration shows the orientation of the paper loading.  
NOTE: Not available when the XPS Printer Driver is used.  
2
*
Custom width: 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.50 inches)  
The maximum width for envelope (DL LEF): 220 mm (8.66 inches)  
Custom length: 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)  
(For the PSI, 191 mm (7.50 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches))  
The maximum length for envelope (Monarch LEF): 98.4 mm (3.87 inches)  
3
4
*
*
Only the administrator user can set the custom size from the printer driver.  
Be sure to fully insert the envelope until it stops. Otherwise, print media that is  
loaded on the MPF will be fed.  
SEF  
LEF  
Print Media Guidelines  
163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Supported Paper Types  
Media  
Multipurpose Feeder  
(MPF)  
Priority Sheet Inserter  
(PSI)  
Y*  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y*  
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Plain  
Plain Side 2  
Plain Thick  
Plain Thick Side 2  
Recycled  
Recycled Side 2  
Label  
Covers  
Covers Side 2  
Envelope  
Coated  
Coated Side 2  
* Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Paper Type Specifications  
Paper type  
Plain Paper  
Weight (gsm)  
Remarks  
60–90  
-
-
-
Plain Thick Paper  
Covers  
91–105  
106–163  
106–163  
Coated  
Inkjet printer paper cannot  
be used.  
Label  
-
Inkjet printer paper cannot  
be used.  
Envelopes  
Recycled  
-
-
-
60–105  
164  
Print Media Guidelines  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
12  
Loading Print Media  
Loading print media properly helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free  
printing.  
Before loading print media, identify the recommended print side of the print  
media. This information is usually on the print media package.  
NOTE: After loading paper, specify the same paper type on the operator panel.  
Capacity  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF) can hold:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
150 sheets of standard paper  
16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of thick paper  
One sheet of coated paper  
16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of post cards  
Five envelopes  
16.2 mm (0.64 inches) of labels  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI) can hold:  
10 sheets of standard paper or one sheet of other paper  
•
Print Media Dimensions  
The MPF accepts print media within the following dimensions:  
•
•
Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.50 inches)  
Length — 127 mm (5.00 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)  
The PSI accepts print media within the following dimensions:  
•
Width — 76.2 mm (3.00 inches) to 215.9 mm (8.50 inches)  
Loading Print Media  
165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
•
Length — 191 mm (7.50 inches) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inches)  
Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder  
(MPF)  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer.  
1
Open the front cover.  
2
Pull the priority sheet inserter (PSI) out.  
3
Pull the length guide forward until it stops.  
166  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4
Pull the MPF extension forward until it stops.  
5
Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum width.  
6
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then  
fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.  
Loading Print Media  
167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7
Load print media on the MPF with the top edge first and with the  
recommended print side facing up.  
8
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the  
stack of print media.  
9
Slide the length guide towards the printer until it touches the print media.  
168  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: Depending on the size of print media, first slide the length guide  
backward until it stops, and then slide the MPF extension until it touches print  
media.  
10 Insert the PSI into the printer and then align the PSI to the marking on  
the paper tray.  
Loading Print Media  
169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Envelopes in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
NOTE: When you print on envelopes, be sure to specify the envelope setting on the  
printer driver. If not specified, the print image will be rotated 180 degrees.  
When Loading Envelope#10, DL, or Monarch  
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, the flap side facing  
down, and the flap turned to the right.  
To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled, they are recommended to  
be loaded with the print-side facing up, flap opened, and facing you.  
170  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
When Loading C5  
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, with the flap open.  
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, or coated linings. These lead to  
paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.  
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the MPF right after they have been removed  
from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below  
when loading them in the MPF.  
Loading Print Media  
171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
NOTE: If envelopes are still not fed correctly, add some bending to the flap of the  
envelopes as shown in the following illustration.  
The amount of the bending shall be 5mm (0.20 inches) or less.  
NOTE: To confirm the correct orientation of each print media such as envelopes,  
see the instruction on the Envelope/Paper Setup Navigator on the printer driver.  
172  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading Letterhead  
The letterhead must be toward the top edge of MPF with the print side facing  
up. However, the letterhead must be inserted top edge first with the print side  
facing down when loading paper into the MPF.  
Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter  
(PSI)  
NOTE: To avoid paper jams, do not remove the PSI while printing is in progress.  
NOTE: Use only laser print media. Do not use ink jet paper in this printer.  
1
Open the front cover.  
2
Slide the PSI forward, and then align the PSI to the marking on the paper  
tray.  
Loading Print Media  
173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
3
Adjust the paper width guides to their maximum width.  
4
Before loading the print media, flex the sheets back and forth, and then  
fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.  
5
Load print media on the PSI with the top edge first and with the  
recommended print side facing up.  
174  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
Adjust the width guides until they rest lightly against the edges of the  
stack of print media.  
7
Select the paper type from the printer driver if the loaded print media is  
not standard plain paper. If a user-specified print media is loaded in the  
PSI, you must specify the paper size setting by using the printer driver.  
Loading an Envelope in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
NOTE: Be sure to fully insert the envelope until it stops. Otherwise, print media that  
is loaded on the MPF will be fed.  
NOTE: When you print on envelopes, be sure to specify the envelope setting on the  
printer driver. If not specified, the print image will be rotated 180 degrees.  
When Loading Envelope#10, DL, or Monarch  
Load an envelope with the side to be printed on facing up, the flap side facing  
down, and the flap turned to the right.  
Loading Print Media  
175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To prevent DL and Monarch from being wrinkled, they are recommended to  
be loaded with the print-side facing up, flap opened, and facing you.  
When Loading C5  
Load envelopes with the side to be printed on facing up, with the flap open.  
176  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTICE: Never use envelopes with windows, or coated linings. These lead to  
paper jams and can cause damage to the printer.  
NOTE: If you do not load envelopes in the PSI right after they have been removed  
from the packaging, they may bulge. To avoid jams, flatten them as shown below  
when loading them in the PSI.  
NOTE: If envelopes are still not fed correctly, add some bending to the flap of the  
envelopes as shown in the following illustration.  
The amount of the bending shall be 5mm (0.20 inches) or less.  
Loading Print Media  
177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: To confirm the correct orientation of each print media such as envelopes,  
see the instruction on the Envelope/Paper Setup Navigator on the printer driver.  
Loading Letterhead  
The letterhead must be toward the top edge of the PSI with the print side  
facing up. However, the letterhead must be inserted top edge first with the  
print side facing down when loading paper into the PSI.  
178  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Manual Duplex Printing (Windows Printer Driver  
Only)  
NOTE: When printing on curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into  
the feeder.  
NOTE: The XPS printer driver does not support manual duplex printing.  
When you start manual duplex printing, the instruction window appears.  
Note that the window cannot be reopen once closed. Do not close the  
window until duplex printing is complete.  
When Using the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
1
First print the even pages (rear sides).  
For a six page document, rear sides are printed in the order of page 6, page  
4, then page 2.  
The orange LED lights and the message appears on the LCD when the  
even pages finish printing.  
2
3
After the printing of even pages is complete, remove the paper stack from  
the output tray.  
NOTE: Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams. Straighten them  
before setting them.  
Next stack the prints and set them as they are (with the blank side face up)  
into the MPF. Ensure that Insert Output into paper tray  
appears, and then press the  
button. Print pages in the order page 1 (rear  
of page 2), page 3 (rear of page 4), then page 5 (rear of page 6).  
Loading Print Media  
179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NOTE: Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document  
consists of various sizes of papers.  
When Using the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)  
1
First print the even pages (rear sides).  
For a six page document, rear sides are printed in the order of page 6, page  
4, then page 2.  
The orange LED lights and the message appears on the LCD when the  
even pages finish printing.  
2
After the printing of even pages is complete, remove the paper stack from  
the output tray.  
NOTE: Warped or curled prints can cause paper jams. Straighten them  
before setting them.  
180  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
3
Next stack the prints and set them as they are (with the blank side face up)  
into the PSI. Ensure that Insert Output into paper tray  
appears, and then press the  
button. Print pages in the order page 1 (rear  
of page 2), page 3 (rear of page 4), then page 5 (rear of page 6).  
NOTE: Printing on both sides of the paper is not possible if the document  
consists of various sizes of papers.  
Using the Output Tray Extension  
The output tray extension is designed to prevent print media from falling  
from the printer after the print job is complete.  
Before printing a document, ensure that the output tray extension is fully  
extended.  
Loading Print Media  
181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
182  
Loading Print Media  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13  
Operator Panel  
Using the Operator Panel Buttons  
The operator panel has a liquid crystal display (LCD), seven buttons, and an  
indicator.  
1
2
3
7
6
4
5
1
Ready/Error indicator  
•
Lights up green when the printer is ready or sleeping and blinks when  
data is being received.  
•
Lights up orange when an error occurs and blinks when an  
unrecoverable print error occurs.  
2
3
LCD Panel  
buttons  
•
Selects submenus or setting values in the Menu mode.  
button  
4
5
•
Displays the selected menu or item and determines the selected value  
in the Menu mode.  
(Cancel) button  
Operator Panel  
183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
•
•
•
Cancels the current print job.  
Switches to the Print mode from the top menu of the Menu mode.  
Switches to the upper hierarchy of the menu from the submenu of the  
Menu mode.  
6
7
(Menu) button  
•
•
Switches to the Menu mode from the Print mode.  
Switches to the Print mode from the Menu mode.  
buttons  
•
Scrolls through menus or items in the Menu mode. To enter numbers  
or passwords, press these buttons.  
Printing a Device Settings Page  
The device settings page shows current settings for the operator panel menus.  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
Ensure that Report/Listappears, and then press the  
Press the button until Device Settingsappears, and then press  
the button.  
The device settings page is printed.  
(Menu) button.  
button.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: When multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer, the  
Select Printer window appears. In this case, click the name of Dell 1350cnw  
Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Settings Report tab.  
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.  
184  
Operator Panel  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
The Reports page is displayed.  
4
Click the Device Settings button.  
The device settings page is printed.  
Operator Panel  
185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
186  
Operator Panel  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
14  
Printing  
This chapter covers tips for printing, how to print certain lists of information  
from your printer, and how to cancel a job.  
Tips for Successful Printing  
Tips on Storing Print Media  
Store your print media properly. For more information, see "Storing Print  
Media" on page 262.  
Avoiding Paper Jams  
NOTE: It is recommended that you try a limited sample of any print media you are  
considering using with the printer before purchasing large quantities.  
By selecting appropriate print media and loading it properly, you can avoid  
paper jams. See the following instructions on loading print media:  
•
•
•
"Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 166  
"Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 173  
"Avoiding Jams" on page 277  
If you experience a jam, see "Jam" on page 304 for instructions.  
Sending a Job to Print  
To support all of the printer features, use the printer driver. When you choose  
Print from a software program, a window representing the printer driver  
opens. Select the appropriate settings for the specific job you are sending to  
print. Print settings selected from the driver have precedence over the default  
menu settings selected from the operator panel or Tool Box.  
You may need to click Preferences from the initial Print box to see all of the  
available system settings you can change. If you are not familiar with a feature  
in the printer driver window, open the online Help for more information.  
®
To print a job from a typical Windows application:  
Printing  
187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
1
2
3
Open the file you want to print.  
From the File menu, select Print  
.
Verify that the correct printer is selected in the dialog box. Modify the  
system settings as needed (such as the pages you want to print or the  
number of copies).  
4
5
Click Preferences to adjust system settings not available from the first  
screen, and then click OK  
.
Click OK or Print to send the job to the selected printer.  
Canceling a Print Job  
There are several methods for canceling a print job.  
Canceling From the Operator Panel  
To cancel a job after it has started printing:  
1
Press the  
(Cancel) button.  
NOTE: Printing is canceled only for the current job. All the following jobs will  
continue to print.  
Canceling a Job From the Computer Running Windows  
Canceling a Job From the Taskbar  
When you send a job to print, a small printer icon appears in the right corner  
of the taskbar.  
1
Double-click the printer icon.  
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.  
2
3
Select the job you want to cancel.  
Press Delete on the keyboard.  
Canceling a Job From the Desktop  
1
Minimize all programs to reveal the desktop.  
Click StartPrinters and Faxes (for Windows XP)  
.
188  
Printing  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
®
Click Start  
ï‚®
Devices and Printers (for Windows 7 and Windows Server  
2008 R2).  
Click Start  
Windows Vista ).  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Hardware and Sound  
ï‚®
Printers (for  
®
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Printers (for Windows Server 2008).  
A list of available printers appears.  
2
Double-click the printer you selected when you sent the job.  
A list of print jobs appears in the printer window.  
3
4
Select the job you want to cancel.  
Press Delete on the keyboard.  
Printing a Report Page  
By using the Report/Listmenu, you can print a various of settings for  
your printer including printer settings. This section describes two examples of  
printing from the Report/Listmenu.  
Printing a Printer Settings Page  
To verify detailed printer settings, print a printer settings page.  
See "Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 215 or "Understanding the  
Tool Box Menus" on page 197 to identify the display and operator panel  
buttons if you need help.  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Ensure that Report/Listappears, and then press the  
button.  
Ensure that Printer Settingappears, and then press the  
button.  
The printer settings page is printed.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
Printing  
189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer  
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of Dell  
1350cnw Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Settings Report tab.  
Select Reports from the list at the left side of the page.  
The Reports page is displayed.  
4
Click the Printer Settings button.  
The printer settings page is printed.  
Printer Settings  
Using the Operator Panel to Change Printer Settings  
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the operator panel.  
When you first enter the menus from the operator panel, you see an asterisk  
(*) next to a value in the menus. This asterisk indicates the factory default  
menu setting. These settings are the original printer settings.  
NOTE: Factory defaults may vary for different countries.  
When you select a new setting from the operator panel, an asterisk appears  
next to the setting to identify it as the current user default menu setting.  
These settings are active until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are  
restored.  
To select a new value as a setting:  
1
2
Press the  
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
or button until the desired menu appears, and then press  
the  
Press the  
and then press the  
button.  
3
or  
button until the desired menu or menu item appears,  
button.  
•
If the selection is a menu, the menu is opened and the first system  
setting in the menu appears.  
190  
Printing  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
•
If the selection is a menu item, the default menu setting for the menu  
item appears.  
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:  
•
•
•
•
A phrase or word to describe a setting  
A numerical value that can be changed  
An On or Off setting  
Press the  
factory default menu settings. Press the  
settings to the factory default menu settings.  
or  
button at the same time. This will restore the  
button to return the  
4
5
Press the  
Press the  
or  
button to scroll until the desired value appears.  
button.  
This enables the setting value, which is indicated by an asterisk (*) next to  
the setting value.  
6
Press the  
To continue setting other items, select the desired menu. To quit setting  
new values, press the (Cancel) button.  
(Cancel) or button to return to the previous menu.  
Driver settings may have precedence over changes previously made. In such  
case, change the defaults of the operator panel.  
Using the Tool Box to Change the Printer Settings  
You can select menu items and corresponding values from the Tool Box.  
NOTE:  
NOTE: Factory defaults may vary for different countries. These settings are active  
until new ones are selected or the factory defaults are restored.  
To select a new value as a setting:  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer  
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of Dell  
1350cnw Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
Printing  
191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select the desired menu item.  
Each menu item has a list of values for the menu item. A value can be:  
•
•
•
A phrase or word to describe a setting  
A numerical value that can be changed  
An On or Off setting  
4
Select the desired value, and then click the associated button with each  
menu item.  
Driver settings may have precedence over changes previously made. In such  
case, change the defaults of the Tool Box.  
Adjusting the Language  
To display a different language on the operator panel:  
The Operator Panel  
1
2
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Press the  
button.  
until Panel Languageappears, and then press the  
3
Press the  
button.  
until the desired language appears, and then press the  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer  
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of Dell  
1350cnw Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select System Settings from the list at the left side of the page.  
The System Settings page is displayed.  
192  
Printing  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4
Select the desired language from Panel Language, and then press the  
Apply New Settings button.  
Printing  
193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
194  
Printing  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Know Your Printer  
195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
15  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
The Tool Box allows you to view or specify the printer settings. You can also  
diagnose the printer settings by using the Tool Box.  
The Tool Box consists of the Printer Settings Report, Printer Maintenance,  
and Diagnosis tabs.  
NOTE: The Password dialog box appears the first time you try to change settings  
on Tool Box when Panel Lock is set on the printer. In this case, enter the password  
you specified, and click OK to apply the settings.  
NOTE: For how to start Tool Box, see "Understanding Your Printer Software" on  
page 237.  
Printer Settings Report  
The Printer Settings Report tab contains the Printer Information, Menu  
Settings, Reports, and TCP/IP Settings pages.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Printer Information  
Purpose:  
To display the information of your printer.  
Values:  
Dell Service Tag Number  
Express Service Code  
Printer Serial Number  
Printer Type  
Displays Dell's service tag number.  
Displays the express service code of the printer.  
Displays the serial number of the printer.  
Displays the type of the printer. Color Laser is  
displayed normally.  
Asset Tag Number  
Memory Capacity  
Processor Speed  
Displays the asset tag number of the printer.  
Displays the memory capacity.  
Displays the processing speed.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Firmware Version  
Displays the version of the controller.  
Network Firmware Version Displays the NIC version.  
MCU Firmware Version  
Printing Speed (Color)  
Displays the version of the Machine Control Unit  
(MCU) firmware.  
Displays the speed for color printing.  
Displays the speed for monochrome printing.  
Printing Speed  
(Monochrome)  
Menu Settings  
Purpose:  
To display the current settings of your printer.  
Values:  
System Settings  
Power Saver Timer Sleep  
Displays the time taken by the  
printer before it enters Sleep mode  
after it finishes a job.  
Power Saver Timer Deep  
Sleep  
Displays the time taken by the  
printer before it enters Deep Sleep  
mode after it goes into Sleep  
mode.  
Fault Time-Out  
Job Time-Out  
Auto Log Print  
mm/inch  
Displays the time taken by the  
printer before it cancels jobs that  
stop abnormally.  
Displays the amount of time that  
the printer waits for data to arrive  
from the computer.  
Displays whether to automatically  
print a job history report after  
every 10 jobs.  
Displays the measurement unit  
used after the numeric value on  
the operator panel.  
Panel Language  
Displays the language used on the  
operator panel.  
Default Print Paper Size  
Displays the default paper size.  
198  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Low Toner Alert Message  
Plain  
Displays whether to show the alert  
message when the toner is low.  
Paper Density  
Adjust BTR  
Displays the paper density of plain  
paper.  
Label  
Displays the paper density of  
labels.  
Plain  
Displays the voltage setting of the  
transfer roller for plain paper.  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
Displays the voltage setting of the  
transfer roller for thick plain paper.  
Displays the voltage setting of the  
transfer roller for recycled paper.  
Displays the voltage setting of the  
transfer roller for cover paper.  
Coated  
Displays the voltage setting of the  
transfer roller for coated paper.  
Envelope  
Label  
Displays the voltage setting of the  
transfer roller for envelopes.  
Displays the voltage setting of the  
transfer roller for labels.  
Adjust Fuser  
Plain  
Displays the temperature setting  
of the fuser for plain paper.  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
Displays the temperature setting  
of the fuser for thick plain paper.  
Displays the temperature setting  
of the fuser for recycled paper.  
Displays the temperature setting  
of the fuser for cover paper.  
Coated  
Displays the temperature setting  
of the fuser for coated paper.  
Envelope  
Label  
Displays the temperature setting  
of the fuser for envelopes.  
Displays the temperature setting  
of the fuser for labels.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Auto Registration Displays whether to automatically adjust color registration.  
Adjustment  
Adjust Altitude  
Displays the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
Non-Dell Toner Displays whether to use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
BTR Refresh  
Mode  
Displays whether to execute counter measures for curling/  
separating discharge of the paper.  
Reports  
Purpose:  
To print the settings and history information of your printer.  
The reports are printed in the paper size specified in printer settings. The  
default is A4 or Letter.  
Values:  
Printer Settings  
Device Settings  
Job History  
Click to print a detailed list of the printer settings.  
Click to print a detailed list of the device settings.  
Click to print the completed jobs history.  
Click to print the error history.  
Error History  
Color Test Page  
Click to print a color test page.  
TCP/IP Settings  
Purpose:  
To display the current settings of TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/  
Internet Protocol) protocol.  
Values:  
IP Address Mode  
IP Address  
Displays the method for acquiring the IP address.  
Displays the IP address of your printer.  
Displays the subnet mask.  
Subnet Mask  
Gateway Address  
Displays the gateway address.  
200  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Printer Maintenance  
The Printer Maintenance tab contains the System Settings, Paper Density,  
Adjust BTR, Adjust Fuser, Color Registration Adjustment, Adjust Altitude,  
Reset Defaults, Non-Dell Toner, BTR Refresh Mode, TCP/IP Settings, and  
Network Settings pages.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
System Settings  
Purpose:  
To configure the power saving mode, time-out time, job log auto print, mm/  
inch setting, operator panel language setting, default paper size setting, and  
low toner alert message setting.  
Values:  
*1  
*
Sleep  
5 minutes  
Specifies the time taken by the  
printer before it enters Sleep  
mode after it finishes a job.  
5–30 minutes  
*
Deep Sleep  
6 minutes  
Specifies the time taken by the  
printer before it enters Deep  
Sleep mode after it goes into  
Sleep mode.  
1–6 minutes  
Fault Time-Out  
0: Off  
Disables the fault time-out.  
60 seconds*  
3–300 seconds  
Specifies the time taken by the  
printer before it cancels jobs that  
stop abnormally. The print job is  
cancelled if it times out.  
Job Time-Out  
0: Off  
Disables the job time-out.  
*
30 seconds  
Specifies the amount of time that  
the printer waits for data to arrive  
from the computer. The print job  
is cancelled if it times out.  
5–300 seconds  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Auto Log Print  
Off*  
On  
Does not automatically print a job  
history report.  
Automatically prints a job history  
report after every 10 jobs.  
*2  
mm/inch  
millimeter (mm)  
inch (")  
Specifies the measurement unit  
displayed after the numeric value  
on the operator panel.  
Panel Language  
English*  
French  
Specifies the language to be used  
on the operator panel.  
German  
Italian  
Spanish  
Danish  
Dutch  
Norwegian  
Swedish  
Default Print Paper A4  
Specifies the default paper size.  
*2  
Size  
Letter  
*
Low Toner Alert  
Message  
On  
Shows the alert message when the  
toner is low.  
Off  
Does not show the alert message.  
Apply New  
Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New Settings  
button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button to apply  
apply new settings the changes.  
202  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1
*
Enter 5 in Sleep to put the printer in the Sleep mode five minutes after it finishes a  
job. This uses less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the printer. Enter 5 if  
your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting and you notice lights  
flickering.  
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances, this  
keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a value  
between 5 and 30 minutes for the Sleep mode if you want a balance between energy  
consumption and a shorter warm-up period.  
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Sleep mode when it  
receives data from the computer. You can also return the printer to the standby mode  
by pressing any button on the operator panel.  
2
*
The default for mm/inch and Default Print Paper Size vary depending on country-  
specific factory default.  
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper density.  
Values:  
Plain  
Label  
Normal*  
Light  
Specifies the paper density of plain paper.  
Specifies the paper density of labels.  
Normal*  
Light  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New  
Settings button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button  
settings  
to apply the changes.  
Adjust BTR  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller  
(BTR). To lower the voltage, set negative values. To increase, set positive  
values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you  
see mottles on the print output, try to increase the voltage. If you see white  
spots on the print output, try to decrease the voltage.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Coated  
Envelope  
Label  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
Apply New  
Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New Settings  
button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button to apply the  
to apply new  
settings  
changes.  
Adjust Fuser  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fuser. To  
lower the temperature, set negative values. To increase, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When  
the printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner  
does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
204  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Plain  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Plain Thick  
Recycled  
Covers  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Coated  
Envelope  
Label  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
Apply New  
Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New Settings  
button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button to apply the  
to apply new  
settings  
changes.  
Color Registration Adjustment  
Purpose:  
To set Color Registration Adjustment (individual yellow, magenta, cyan  
correction) settings. When Auto Registration Adjustment is set to On, the  
printer prints the color registration chart and adjusts the color registration by  
using the chart. Color registration adjustments need to be made during the  
initial setup of the printer or when the printer is moved to a different  
location.  
Values:  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Auto Registration On*  
Automatically adjusts color registration.  
Adjustment  
Off  
Does not automatically adjust color registration.  
*1  
Auto Correct  
Click Start to automatically correct color  
registration.  
*1, *2  
Print Color Regi Chart  
Click Start to open the Print Color Regi Chart  
window, and then select the paper size and click  
OK to print a color registration chart.  
Registration  
Adjustments  
Y(Yellow)  
0*  
Specifies lateral (perpendicular to  
paper feed direction) color  
adjustment values individually.  
*1  
-5–+5  
M(Magenta) 0*  
-5–+5  
0*  
C(Cyan)  
-5–+5  
0*  
LY(Left  
Yellow)  
Specifies process (paper feed  
direction) color adjustment values  
individually.  
-5–+5  
0*  
LM(Left  
Magenta)  
-5–+5  
0*  
LC(Left  
Cyan)  
-5–+5  
0*  
RY(Right  
Yellow)  
-5–+5  
0*  
RM(Right  
Magenta)  
-5–+5  
0*  
RC(Right  
Cyan)  
-5–+5  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply  
New Settings button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new  
settings  
Press the Restart printer to apply new settings  
button to apply the changes.  
206  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
*1 This item is available only when Auto Registration Adjustment is set to Off.  
*2 The color registration chart prints a lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan  
lines. On the chart, find the values on the right side that are next to the line that is  
perfectly straight for each of the three colors. If the value for this line is 0, color  
registration is not needed. If the value for this line is any value other than 0, specify  
the adjustment values under Registration Adjustments.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with  
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of  
the location where the printer is being used.  
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality,  
incorrect indication of remaining toner.  
Values:  
0 meter*  
Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer  
is installed.  
1000 meters  
2000 meters  
3000 meters  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New  
Settings button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button  
settings  
to apply the changes.  
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for system parameters. After  
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,  
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.  
For details, see "Resetting Defaults" on page 212.  
Values:  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Start  
Click to initialize the system parameters.  
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
NOTE: Using non-Dell-brand toner cartridges may make some printer features  
unusable, reduce print quality and decrease the reliability of your printer. Dell  
recommends only new Dell-brand toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not  
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or  
components not supplied by Dell.  
NOTE: Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer, be sure to restart  
the printer.  
Values:  
Non-Dell  
Toner  
Off*  
On  
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New  
Settings button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button  
settings  
to apply the changes.  
BTR Refresh Mode  
Purpose:  
To execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
Values:  
*
BTR Refresh Off  
Mode  
Does not automatically execute counter measures for  
curling/separating discharge of the paper.  
On  
Automatically executes counter measures for curling/  
separating discharge of the paper.  
208  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New  
Settings button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button  
settings  
to apply the changes.  
TCP/IP Settings  
Purpose:  
To configure TCP/IP settings.  
Values:  
IP Address  
Mode  
AutoIP*  
DHCP  
BOOTP  
RARP  
Automatically sets the IP address.  
Uses DHCP to set the IP address.  
Uses BOOTP to set the IP address.  
Uses RARP to set the IP address.  
Manually Set Manually sets the IP address.  
Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.  
IP Address  
Subnet Mask  
Manually sets the subnet mask.  
Gateway Address  
Apply New Settings  
Manually sets the gateway address.  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New  
Settings button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button  
settings  
to apply the changes.  
Network Settings  
Purpose:  
To display the server settings of the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
NOTE: When the printer is connected to the USB port, this setting cannot be  
displayed.  
Values:  
Print Server Display  
Settings  
Click to display the server settings for the Dell Printer  
Configuration Web Tool.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Display of  
EWS  
Off  
Turns off the display of the server settings for the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
On*  
Turns on the display of the server settings for the Dell  
Printer Configuration Web Tool.  
Apply New Settings  
After you complete the settings, press the Apply New  
Settings button to apply the changes.  
Restart printer to apply new Press the Restart printer to apply new settings button  
settings  
to apply the changes.  
Diagnosis  
The Diagnosis tab contains the Chart Print, Machine Check, Environment  
Sensor Info, Developer Stir Mode, and Refresh Mode pages.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Chart Print  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosing your printer.  
Values:  
Paper Size  
A4  
Selects the paper size to print charts.  
Letter  
Ghost Configuration Chart Click to print a chart to check for ghost printing.  
4 Colors Configuration  
Chart  
Click to print bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and  
black with varying density.  
Alignment Chart  
Click to print a chart, and then check for proper  
alignment of the print image on the paper.  
Drum Refresh  
Configuration Chart  
Prints a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum  
cartridge.  
Machine Check  
Purpose:  
210  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
To check the operation of the different components of the printer.  
Values:  
Machine  
Check  
Main Motor  
Operation Check  
Click Start to operate the main motor inside  
the printer. Confirm the motor sound.  
*
Feed Roll Operation Click Start to operate the feed roll. Confirm  
*1  
Check  
the motor sound.  
REGI CLUTCH  
Operation Check  
Click Start to operate the REGI CLUTCH.  
Confirm that you can hear the clutch clicking.  
Dispense Motor  
Check (Yellow)  
Click Start to operate the dispense motor for  
each toner cartridge. Confirm the motor  
sound.  
Dispense Motor  
Check (Magenta)  
Dispense Motor  
Check (Cyan)  
Dispense Motor  
Check (Black)  
Play of Sound  
Click to play back through speakers of your  
computer a recording of the normal sound for  
the currently selected Machine Check item.  
Start  
Click to check the operation of the items  
selected with Machine Check and output the  
results to Result.  
*1  
When you perform the feed roll operation check, remove the paper from the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF).  
Environment Sensor Info  
Purpose:  
To output the internal environment sensor information of the printer to  
Result by pressing the Get Environment Sensor Info button.  
Developer Stir Mode  
Purpose:  
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Values:  
Start  
Click to stir the toner.  
Refresh Mode  
Purpose:  
To use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its  
life, or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.  
NOTE: Using the Refresh Mode consumes extra toner.  
Values:  
Yellow  
Click to clean the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.  
Magenta  
Click to clean the toner in the magenta toner  
cartridge.  
Cyan  
Black  
Click to clean the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.  
Click to clean the toner in the black toner cartridge.  
Resetting Defaults  
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu  
parameters, except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default  
values.  
NOTE:  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: When multiple printer drivers are installed on your computer, the  
Select Printer window appears. In this case, click the name of Dell 1350cnw  
Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select Reset Defaults from the list at the left side of the page.  
The Reset Defaults page is displayed.  
212  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4
Click Start  
.
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
214  
Understanding the Tool Box Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
16  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
When your printer is configured as a network printer available to a number of  
users, the access to the Admin Menumenus can be limited. This prevents  
unauthorized users from using the operator panel to inadvertently change the  
default menu settings that has been set by the administrator. However, you  
can select settings for individual print jobs using the printer driver. Print  
settings selected from the printer driver have precedence over the default  
menu settings selected from the operator panel.  
Report/List  
Use the Report/Listmenu to print the settings and history information  
of your printer.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter the Report/Listmenu when Panel  
Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter the password you specified,  
and press the  
button.  
Printer Setting  
Purpose:  
To print a list of the information such as the printer name, service tag, the  
status of the printer, consumables, and the network settings.  
Device Settings  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of all the settings on the operator panel menus.  
Job History  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of the print jobs that have been processed. This list  
contains the last 10 jobs.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Error History  
Purpose:  
To print a detailed list of paper jams and fatal errors.  
Color Test Page  
Purpose:  
To print a page for testing colors.  
Admin Menu  
Use the Admin Menumenu to configure a variety of printer features.  
NOTE: A Password is required to enter the Admin Menumenu when Panel  
Lock Set is set to Enable. In this case, enter the password you specified,  
and press the  
button.  
Network  
Use the Networkmenu to change the printer settings affecting jobs sent to  
the printer through the wired or wireless network.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Ethernet  
Purpose:  
To specify the communication speed and the duplex settings of Ethernet.  
The change becomes effective after the printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
Auto*  
Detects the Ethernet settings automatically.  
Uses 10base-T half-duplex.  
10Base Half  
10Base Full  
100Base Half  
100Base Full  
Uses 10base-T full-duplex.  
Uses 100base-TX half-duplex.  
Uses 100base-TX full-duplex.  
NOTE: This item is displayed only when the printer is connected with a wired  
network.  
216  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Wireless Status  
Purpose:  
To display the information on the wireless signal strength. No changes can be  
made on the operator panel to improve the status of the wireless connection.  
Values:  
Good  
Indicates good signal strength.  
Acceptable  
Low  
Indicates marginal signal strength.  
Indicates insufficient signal strength.  
No Reception Indicates that no signal is received.  
NOTE: This item is displayed only when the printer is connected with a wireless  
network and Wireless LANis set to Enable.  
Wireless Setup  
Purpose:  
To configure the wireless network interface.  
Values:  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Manual Setup Enter  
Specify a name to identify the wireless network. Up to 32  
(SSID) alphanumeric characters can be entered.  
Infra Select when you configure the wireless setting through  
structure the access point such as a wireless router.  
No Security Specify No Security to configure the  
wireless setting without specifying a  
security method from WEP, WPA-PSK-  
TKIP, and WPA2-PSK-AES.  
WEP (64Bit) Specify the WEP Key (64Bit) to use  
through the wireless network. Up to 10  
hexadecimal characters can be entered.  
Transmit Specify the transmit key  
Key  
from WEP Key 1, WEP Key  
2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key  
4.  
WEP (128Bit) Specify the WEP Key (128Bit) to use  
through the wireless network. Up to 26  
hexadecimal characters can be entered.  
Transmit Specify the transmit key  
Key  
from WEP Key 1, WEP Key  
2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key  
4.  
218  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WPA-PSK-  
TKIP  
Select to configure the wireless setting  
with the security method of WPA-PSK-  
TKIP.  
Pass  
Phrase  
Entry  
Specify the pass phrase of  
alphanumeric characters  
from 8 to 63 only when  
WPA-PSK-TKIP is selected  
for Encryption.  
WPA2-PSK-  
AES  
Select to configure the wireless setting  
with the security method of WPA2-PSK-  
AES.  
Pass  
Phrase  
Entry  
Specify the pass phrase of  
alphanumeric characters  
from 8 to 63 only when  
WPA2-PSK-AES is selected  
for Encryption.  
Ad-hoc Select to configure the wireless setting without the access  
point such as a wireless router.  
No Security  
Specify No Security to configure the  
wireless setting without specifying the  
security method from WEP.  
WEP (64Bit) Specify the WEP Key (64Bit) to use  
through the wireless network. Up to 10  
hexadecimal characters can be entered.  
Transmit Specify the transmit key  
Key  
from WEP Key 1, WEP Key  
2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key  
4.  
WEP (128Bit) Specify the WEP Key (128bit) to use  
through the wireless network. Up to 26  
hexadecimal characters can be entered.  
Transmit Specify the transmit key  
Key  
from WEP Key 1, WEP Key  
2, WEP Key 3, and WEP Key  
4.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WPS  
Push  
Configures the wireless setting with the security method  
Btn. Ctrl of WPS-PBC.  
PIN  
Code  
Start Config. Configures the wireless setting using the  
PIN code assigned automatically by the  
printer.  
Print PIN  
Code  
Prints the PIN code. Confirm it when you  
enter the PIN code to your computer.  
NOTE: This item is displayed only when the printer is connected with a wireless  
network.  
Reset Wireless  
Purpose:  
To initialize wireless network settings. After executing this function and  
rebooting the printer, all wireless network settings are reset to their default  
values.  
NOTE: This item is displayed only when the printer is connected with a wireless  
network.  
TCP/IP  
Purpose:  
To configure TCP/IP settings. The change becomes effective after the printer is  
turned off and then on.  
Values:  
IP  
Mode  
Dual Stack*  
IPv4 Mode  
IPv6 Mode  
Uses both IPv4 and IPv6 to set the IP address.  
Uses IPv4 to set the IP address.  
Uses IPv6 to set the IP address.  
220  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
IPv4  
Get IP Panel  
Address  
Enables the IP address entered on the operator  
panel.  
AutoIP*  
Automatically sets the IP address.  
Uses BOOTP to set the IP address.  
Uses RARP to set the IP address.  
BOOTP  
RARP  
DHCP  
Uses DHCP to set the IP address.  
Manually sets the IP address allocated to the printer.  
Manually sets the subnet mask.  
IP Address  
Subnet Mask  
Gateway Address  
Manually sets the gateway address.  
Protocol  
Purpose:  
To enable or disable each protocol. The change becomes effective after the  
printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
LPD  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enable*  
Enables the LPD port.  
Disables the LPD port.  
Port9100  
WSD  
Enables the Port9100 port.  
Disables the Port9100 port.  
Enables the WSD port.  
Disables the WSD port.  
Enables the UDP port.  
SNMP UDP  
E-Mail Alert  
EWS  
Disables the UDP port.  
Enables the E-mail Alert feature.  
Disables the E-mail Alert feature.  
Enables an access to Dell Printer Configuration  
Web Tool embedded in the printer.  
Disable  
Disables an access to Dell Printer Configuration  
Web Tool embedded in the printer.  
Bonjour (mDNS) Enable*  
Disable  
Enables the Bonjour (mDNS).  
Disables the Bonjour (mDNS).  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
LLTD  
Disable*  
Enable  
Disables the LLTD.  
Enables the LLTD.  
Purpose:  
To block data received from certain IP addresses through the wired or wireless  
network. You can set up to five IP addresses. The change becomes effective  
after the printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
No. n/  
Sets the IP address for Filter n.  
Address (n  
is 1-5.)  
No. n/Mask Sets the address mask for Filter n.  
(n is 1-5.)  
No. n/  
Off*  
Disables the feature for Filter n.  
Mode (n is  
1-5.)  
Accept  
Reject  
Accepts an access from the specified IP address.  
Rejects an access from the specified IP address.  
NOTE: This item is only available for LPDor Port9100.  
Reset LAN  
Purpose:  
To initialize wired network data stored in NVM (non-volatile memory). After  
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all wired network settings  
are reset to their default values.  
Wireless LAN  
Purpose:  
To enable the wireless connection.  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enables the wireless connection.  
Disables the wireless connection.  
222  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
NOTE: When you use the USB connection and do not use the wireless connection,  
you need to disable the wireless LAN.  
USB Settings  
Use the USB Settingsmenu to change printer settings affecting a USB  
port.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
USB Port  
Purpose:  
To change the USB settings on your printer. The change becomes effective  
after the printer is turned off and then on.  
Values:  
Enable*  
Disable  
Enables the USB interface.  
Disables the USB interface.  
System Settings  
Use the System Settings menu to configure the power saving mode,  
time-out time, job log auto print, mm/inch setting, default paper size setting,  
and low toner alert setting.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
PowerSaver Time  
Purpose:  
To specify the time for transition to power saver mode.  
Options:  
Sleep  
5min.*  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it  
enters Sleep mode after it finishes a job.  
5–30min.  
6min.*  
Deep Sleep  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it  
enters Deep Sleep mode after it goes into Sleep  
mode.  
1–6min.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Enter 5 in Sleepto put the printer in the Sleep mode five minutes after it  
finishes a job. This uses less energy, but requires more warm-up time for the  
printer. Enter 5 if your printer shares an electrical circuit with room lighting  
and you notice lights flickering.  
Select a high value if your printer is in constant use. In most circumstances,  
this keeps the printer ready to operate with minimum warm-up time. Select a  
value between 5 and 30 minutes for the Sleep mode if you want a balance  
between energy consumption and a shorter warm-up period.  
The printer automatically returns to the standby mode from the Sleep mode  
when it receives data from the computer. You can also return the printer to  
the standby mode by pressing any button on the operator panel.  
Fault Time-Out  
Purpose:  
To specify the time taken by the printer before it cancels jobs that stop  
abnormally. The print job is cancelled if it times out.  
Options:  
On*  
Off  
60 sec.*  
Specifies the time taken by the printer before it  
cancels jobs that stop abnormally.  
3–300 sec.  
Disables the fault time-out.  
Job Time-Out  
Purpose:  
To specify the amount of time that the printer waits for data to arrive from  
the computer. The print job is cancelled if it times out.  
Options:  
On*  
Off  
30 sec.*  
Specifies the amount of time that the printer  
waits for data to arrive from the computer.  
5–300 sec.  
Disables the job time-out.  
224  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
mm/inch  
Purpose:  
To specify the measurement unit displayed after the numeric value on the  
operator panel.  
Values:  
millimeter (mm) Specifies the default measurement unit.  
inch (")  
NOTE: The default for mm/inchvaries depending on country-specific factory  
default.  
Def. Paper Size  
Purpose:  
To specify the default paper size.  
Values:  
A4  
Letter  
NOTE: The default for Def. Paper Sizevaries depending on country-  
specific factory default.  
Auto Log Print  
Purpose:  
To automatically print a job history report after every 10 jobs.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not automatically print a job history report.  
Automatically prints a job history report.  
NOTE: The job history report can also be printed using the Report/List  
menu.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Low Toner Msg  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to show the alert message when toner is low.  
Values:  
On*  
Off  
Shows the alert message when the toner is low.  
Does not show the alert message when the toner is low.  
Maintenance  
Use the Maintenancemenu to initialize the NV (non-volatile) memory,  
configure the plain paper quality adjustment settings, and configure the  
security settings.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
F/W Version  
Purpose:  
To display the version of the controller.  
Service Tag  
Purpose:  
To display the service tag of the printer.  
Express Code  
Purpose:  
To display the express service code of the printer.  
Paper Density  
Purpose:  
To specify the paper density.  
Values:  
226  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Plain  
Label  
Normal*  
Light  
Normal*  
Light  
Adjust BTR  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum voltage settings for printing for the transfer roller  
(BTR). To lower the voltage, set negative values. To increase, set positive  
values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. If you  
see mottles on the print output, try to increase the voltage. If you see white  
spots on the print output, try to decrease the voltage.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Label  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Adjust Fuser  
Purpose:  
To specify the optimum temperature settings for printing for the fuser. To  
lower the temperature, set negative values. To increase, set positive values.  
The default settings may not give the best output on all paper types. When  
the printed paper has curled, try to lower the temperature. When the toner  
does not fuse on the paper properly, try to increase the temperature.  
NOTE: The print quality changes depending on the values you select for this item.  
Values:  
Plain  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Plain Thick  
Covers  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Label  
-3 – +3  
0*  
Coated  
Envelope  
Recycled  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
0*  
-3 – +3  
Auto Reg Adj  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to automatically adjust color registration.  
Values:  
228  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
On*  
Off  
Automatically adjusts color registration.  
Does not automatically adjust color registration.  
Color Reg Adj  
Purpose:  
To specify whether to manually adjust color registration.  
Color registration adjustments need to be made during the initial setup of the  
printer or when the printer is moved to a different location.  
NOTE: The Color Reg Adjfeature can be configured when Auto Reg  
Adjis set to Off.  
Values:  
Auto Correct  
Automatically corrects color registration.  
ColorRegi  
Chart  
Prints a color registration chart. The color registration chart prints a  
lattice pattern of yellow, magenta, and cyan lines. On the chart, find  
the values on the right side that are next to the line that is perfectly  
straight for each of the three colors. If the value for this line is 0,  
color registration is not needed. If the value for this line is any value  
other than 0, specify the adjustment values under Enter  
Number.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
*
Enter Number  
Y
0
Specifies lateral (perpendicular to paper feed  
direction) color adjustment values individually  
for Y (Yellow), M (Magenta), C (Cyan).  
-5–+5  
*
M
0
-5–+5  
*
C
0
-5–+5  
*
LY  
LM  
LC  
RY  
RM  
RC  
0
Specifies process (paper feed direction) color  
adjustment values individually for LY (Left  
Yellow), LM (Left Magenta), LC (Left Cyan),  
RY (Right Yellow), RM (Right Magenta) and  
RC (Right Cyan).  
-5–+5  
*
0
-5–+5  
*
0
-5–+5  
*
0
-5–+5  
*
0
-5–+5  
*
0
-5–+5  
Clean Developer  
Purpose:  
To rotate the developer motor and stir the toner in the toner cartridge.  
Toner Refresh  
Purpose:  
To use up a toner cartridge when you need to replace it before the end of its  
life, or to stir the toner in a new toner cartridge.  
Values:  
Yellow  
Cleans the toner in the yellow toner cartridge.  
Cleans the toner in the magenta toner cartridge.  
Magenta  
230  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Cyan  
Black  
Cleans the toner in the cyan toner cartridge.  
Cleans the toner in the black toner cartridge.  
BTR Refresh  
Purpose:  
Specify whether to execute counter measures for curling/separating discharge  
of the paper.  
Values:  
*
Off  
On  
Does not automatically execute counter measures for curling/  
separating discharge of the paper.  
Automatically executes counter measures for curling/separating  
discharge of the paper.  
Chart  
Purpose:  
To print various charts that can be used for diagnosing your printer.  
Ghost  
Prints a chart to check for ghost printing.  
4Colors  
Prints bands of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black with varying  
density.  
Alignment  
Prints a chart, and then check for proper alignment of the print  
image on the paper.  
Drum Refresh Prints a chart to check the light fatigue of the drum cartridge.  
Reset Defaults  
Purpose:  
To initialize NVM (non-volatile memory) for system parameters. After  
executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu parameters,  
except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default values.  
For details, see "Resetting Defaults" on page 236.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Non-Dell Toner  
Purpose:  
To use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
NOTE: Using non-Dell-brand toner cartridges may make some printer features  
unusable, reduce print quality and decrease the reliability of your printer. Dell  
recommends only new Dell-brand toner cartridges for your printer. Dell does not  
provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories, parts, or  
components not supplied by Dell.  
NOTE: Before you use toner cartridge of another manufacturer, be sure to restart  
the printer.  
Values:  
Off*  
On  
Does not use toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Uses toner cartridge of another manufacturer.  
Adjust Altitude  
Purpose:  
To specify the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
The discharge phenomenon for charging the photo conductor varies with  
barometric pressure. Adjustments are performed by specifying the altitude of  
the location where the printer is being used.  
NOTE: An incorrect altitude adjustment setting leads to poor printing quality,  
incorrect indication of remaining toner.  
Values:  
0m*  
Specifies the altitude of the location where the printer is installed.  
1000m  
2000m  
3000m  
232  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Secure Settings  
Use the Secure Settingsmenu to set a password to limit access to the  
menus. This prevents items from being changed accidentally.  
NOTE: Values marked by an asterisk (*) are the factory default menu settings.  
Panel Lock  
Panel Lock Set  
Purpose:  
To restrict access to Admin Menuand Report/List.  
For details see "Panel Lock Function" on page 234.  
Values:  
Disable*  
Enable  
Does not restrict access to Admin Menuand Report/List.  
Restricts access to Admin Menuand Report/Listwith a  
password.  
New  
Password  
Sets a password required to access Admin Menu  
and Report/List.  
Re-enter  
Enters the new password again to confirm  
Change Password  
Purpose:  
To change a password to limit access to the menus.  
Values:  
Current  
Enter the current password to change the password.  
Password  
New Password Enter the new password.  
Re-enter  
Enter the new password again to confirm.  
NOTE: This item is displayed only when Panel Lock setis set to Enable.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
Login Error  
Purpose:  
To set the maximum number of failed login attempts before an administrator  
is denied access to Admin Menuand Report/List.  
Values:  
*
Off  
On  
Does not set the maximum number of failed login attempts.  
5times  
Sets the maximum number of failed login attempts.  
1 - 10times  
NOTE: This item is available only when Panel Lock Setis set to Enable.  
Panel Language  
Purpose:  
To specify the language to be used on the operator panel.  
Values:  
English*  
Italiano  
Français  
Deutsch  
Dansk  
Español  
Nederlands  
Svenska  
Norsk  
Panel Lock Function  
This feature prevents unauthorized users from changing settings made by the  
administrator. However, you can select settings for individual print jobs using  
the printer driver.  
Enabling the Panel Lock  
1
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
234  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
2
3
Press the  
button  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
button until Secure Settingsappears, and then press  
.
Press the  
the  
button  
.
4
5
6
7
8
Ensure that Panel Lock appears, and then press the  
button.  
Ensure that Panel Lock Setappears, and then press the  
button.  
button.  
Press the  
Enter the new password, and then press the  
Re-enter the password to confirm the password that you entered, and then  
press the button  
NOTE: If you forget your password, turn off the printer. Then, while holding the  
(Menu) button, turn on the printer. Continue to hold the (Menu) button until the  
display indicates Init Password Are you sure?. Release the (Menu)  
button and press the button. Press the button to select Yes, then press the  
button until Enableappears, and then press the  
button  
.
.
button. The display will briefly indicate the password has been initialized.  
NOTE: If you change the password, perform steps 1 and 2. Enter the current  
password, and then press the  
button until Change Passwordappears, and then press the  
button. Perform steps 3 and 4. Press the  
button. Enter  
the current password, and then press the  
change the password.  
button. Perform step 7 and 8. This will  
Disabling the Panel Lock  
1
2
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
Press the  
button.  
3
4
Enter the password, and then press the  
Press the button until Secure Settingsappears, and then press  
the button.  
Ensure that Panel Lock appears, and then press the  
Ensure that Panel Lock Setappears, and then press the  
button.  
5
6
7
button.  
button.  
Press the  
button until Disableappears, and then press the  
button.  
8
Enter the current password, and then press the button.  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Resetting Defaults  
After executing this function and rebooting the printer, all the menu  
parameters, except the parameters for the network, are reset to their default  
values.  
1
2
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Press the  
button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
3
4
5
Press the  
button.  
button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
button until Reset Defaultsappears, and then press the  
Press the  
button.  
Ensure that Are you sure?appears, and then press the  
button.  
The printer restarts automatically to apply the settings.  
236  
Understanding the Printer Menus  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
17  
Understanding Your Printer  
Software  
Use the Drivers and Utilities CD that shipped with your printer to install a  
combination of software programs, depending on your operating system.  
®
Windows  
Printer Status Window  
The Printer Status window alerts you when there is a warning or when an  
error occurs, for example, when a paper jam occurs or toner is running low.  
By default, the Printer Status window launches only when an error occurs.  
When an error occurs, the error message appears on the Printer Status  
window. You can set the Printer Status window to always launch when  
printing in Printing Status Window Properties.  
You can also check the toner level of your printer.  
Status Monitor Console  
Use the Status Monitor Console to manage multiple instances of the Status  
Window for a particular printer.  
Select a printer from the list view (or Printer Selection) by clicking its name  
to open a Status Window for a particular printer.  
Dell Supplies Management System  
You can launch the Dell Supplies Management System dialog box from the  
All Programs menu or the desktop icon.  
You can order consumables by phone or from the web.  
1
Click Start  
Software  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Additional Color Laser  
.
ï‚®
Dell Supplies Management System  
The Dell Supplies Management System window appears.  
Select your printer from the Select Printer Model list.  
2
Understanding Your Printer Software  
237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                   
3
If you are ordering from the web:  
a
b
Select a web address from the Select Reorder URL list.  
Click Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site  
.
Dell 1350cnw Color Printer - Dell Supplies Management System  
window appears.  
c
Enter the Service Tag, and then click OK.  
If you order by phone, call the number that appears in the Order by Phone  
section.  
Software Update  
The firmware and/or driver updates can be downloaded from the Dell  
Support website located at support.dell.com.  
Quick Launch Utility  
Using the Quick Launch Utility window, you can open Status Window, Tool  
Box, Updater and Troubleshooting.  
To use the Quick Launch Utility, select to install the Quick Launch Utility  
when you install the Dell software.  
For information about installing the software, see "Setting Up for Shared  
Printing" on page 91.  
To open the Quick Launch Utility window:  
1
Click Start  
Software  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Additional Color Laser  
ï‚®
Quick Launch Utility.  
The Quick Launch Utility dialog box opens.  
238  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
2
The Quick Launch Utility window provides four buttons; Status  
Window Tool Box Updater, and Troubleshooting.  
,
,
To exit, click the X button at the top-right of the window.  
For details, click the Help button of each application.  
Status Window  
Tool Box  
Click to open the Printing Status window. See "Printer  
Status Window" on page 237.  
Click to open the Tool Box. See "Understanding the Tool  
Box Menus" on page 197.  
Updater  
Click to update the Dell software and printer firmware.  
Troubleshooting  
Click to open the Troubleshooting Guide, which allows you  
to resolve issues by yourself.  
User Setup Disk Creating Tool  
The User Setup Disk Creating Tool program located in the MakeDisk folder  
of the Utilities folder on the Drivers and Utilities CD and the printer drivers  
located on the Drivers and Utilities CD are used to create driver installation  
packages that contain custom driver settings. A driver installation package  
can contain a group of saved printer driver settings and other data for things  
such as:  
•
•
Print orientation and Multiple Up (document settings)  
Watermarks  
If you want to install the printer driver with the same settings to multiple  
computers running on the same operating system, create a setup disk in a  
floppy disk or in a server on the network. Using the setup disk that you have  
created will reduce the amount of work required when installing the printer  
driver.  
•
Install the Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer driver in the computer on which  
the setup disk is to be created.  
•
The setup disk can only be used on the operating system on which the disk  
was created or computers running the same operating system. Create a  
separate setup disk for each of the operating systems.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
®
Macintosh  
Status Monitor Widget  
Status Monitor Widget is a printer utility that promotes efficient use of the  
printer through the exchange of information between the Macintosh and the  
printer.  
To open the Status Monitor Widget:  
Click the Dashboard icon in the dock to launch Dashboard.  
NOTE: If the Select a printer. message is displayed, select your  
printer in Preferences. For more information on Preference, see "Preferences" on  
page 242.  
Status Monitor window appears.  
1
2
3
4
1
Printer Status Message Area  
Displays a message of the current printer status.  
NOTE: The Status Monitor Widget automatically obtains the printer  
information at the updated interval that can be specified in Preferences. Also,  
the printer status is refreshed when Dashboard is launched or Preferences is  
closed.  
240  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NOTE: If you receive no response from the printer or the printer is processing  
a job using a USB connection, the message Cannot get printer  
informationis displayed.  
2
Printer Status Image Area  
Displays the image of printer condition.  
•
Estimated Toner Level image  
Displays the estimated toner level of each color if the printer is  
functioning properly.  
Less than 29%  
Less than 9%  
Unknown  
NOTE: If the utility does not receive a response from the printer, the Unknown  
toner image is displayed.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
•
Printer error image  
Displays an indication image when an error occurs.  
An error has occurred and the printer requires your  
attention to correct a problem.  
An error has occurred and the printer cannot be used.  
An unknown error has occurred and the printer cannot be  
used.  
3
Info (i) button  
Click this button to open Preferences  
.
NOTE: The Info (i) button appears on the lower-right corner of the window  
when the cursor is over the Status Monitor window.  
Printer  
Displays a list of available printer names in the  
drop-down list. The first printer displayed in this  
list is set as default.  
Status Update Interval  
You can update the interval of the printer status.  
By default, it is set to obtain the printer  
information every 10 seconds. The range varies  
between 0 and 600.  
242  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SNMP Community Name You can change the SNMP (Simple Network  
Management Protocol) community name if using  
default community name (public). Up to 31  
characters can be entered.  
Service Tag button  
done button  
Click Get Tag button to obtain the service tag.  
Click this button to return to the Printer Status  
window.  
4
Order Supplies button  
Click this button to display the Order window.  
This window provides you with the information for ordering printer  
supplies by telephone or from the web site.  
NOTE: The Order window automatically appears when low toner is detected.  
Order Online  
Select a web address from the drop-down list and click  
Visit Dell printer supplies ordering web site. hyperlink  
to access the web site for ordering Dell printer supplies.  
Order by Phone  
Displays a list of available phone numbers that you can  
call to order Dell printer supplies.  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
244  
Understanding Your Printer Software  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
18  
Understanding Printer Messages  
The printer operator panel displays messages describing the current state of  
the printer and indicates possible printer problems you must resolve. This  
chapter describes messages, their meanings, and how to clear them.  
NOTICE: When an error code is displayed, the print data remaining on the printer  
and the information accumulated in the memory of the printer are not secured.  
1
2
3
7
6
4
5
*
1
3
5
7
Ready/Error indicator  
buttons  
2
4
6
LCD Panel  
button  
(Cancel) button  
buttons  
(Menu) button  
*
Lights up green when the printer is ready or sleeping and blinks when data is being  
received. Lights up orange when an error occurs and blinks when an unrecoverable  
print error occurs.  
Understanding Printer Messages  
245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Error-Code  
001-360  
003-340  
003-356  
006-370  
007-340  
007-371  
009-654  
010-354  
010-377  
016-302  
016-313  
016-315  
016-317  
016-324  
016-338  
016-340  
016-344  
016-345  
016-346  
016-347  
016-370  
016-383  
016-384  
016-385  
016-386  
016-387  
016-391  
What you can do  
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem,  
contact Dell. See "Contacting Dell" on page 312.  
Press the  
button. Contact Dell if this message appears  
repeatedly. See "Contacting Dell" on page 312.  
246  
Understanding Printer Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Error-Code  
016-392  
016-393  
016-394  
016-700  
016-720  
016-799  
What you can do  
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem,  
contact Dell. See "Contacting Dell" on page 312.  
Press the  
button to cancel the current print job. See "Canceling  
a Print Job" on page 188.  
Press the  
button to cancel the current print job. See "Canceling  
a Print Job" on page 188.  
016-920  
016-921  
016-922  
Press the  
operation procedure.  
button. Execute the operation again according to the  
Press the  
button. Set only wireless LAN access point (Registrar)  
to be operated with WPS-PBC, and execute the operation again  
according to the operation procedure.  
024-360  
024-914  
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem,  
contact Dell. See "Contacting Dell" on page 312.  
Load the specified paper. See "Loading Print Media in the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 166 or "Loading Print Media  
in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 173.  
024-969  
Load the appropriate paper. See "Loading Print Media in the  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 166 or "Loading Print Media  
in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 173.  
027-452  
027-446  
075-100  
Change IP address to avoid duplication. Turn off the printer, and  
turn it on again.  
Check and clear the paper path, load the specified paper, and then  
press the  
button. See "Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of  
the Printer" on page 279.  
075-921  
Load paper for the second side (odd) pages, and press the  
button. See Figure "Manual Duplex Printing (Windows Printer  
Driver Only)" on page 179.  
077-100  
077-101  
077-102  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Jams" on page 277.  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Paper Jams From the  
Back of the Printer" on page 280.  
Understanding Printer Messages  
247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Error-Code  
077-104  
077-105  
077-300  
077-900  
What you can do  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Jams" on page 277.  
Close the rear cover.  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Paper Jams From the  
Output Tray" on page 282.  
077-901  
092-310  
092-910  
093-423  
093-424  
093-425  
093-426  
093-919  
093-920  
093-921  
093-922  
093-930  
093-931  
093-932  
093-933  
093-940  
093-941  
093-942  
093-943  
093-960  
093-961  
093-962  
093-963  
Check and clear the paper path. See "Clearing Jams" on page 277.  
Clean the CTD sensor. See "Cleaning the Color Toner Density  
(CTD) Sensor" on page 269.  
"Replace the specified toner cartridge soon. Order a new  
consumable from www.dell.com/supplies  
See "Removing the Toner Cartridges" on page 263.  
Re-install or replace the specified toner cartridge. See "Replacing  
Toner Cartridges" on page 263.  
Remove the specified toner cartridge and install a new one. If you  
do not replace the toner cartridge, print quality problems may  
occur. Order a new consumable from www.dell.com/supplies  
See "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 263.  
Re-install the specified toner cartridge. See "Installing a Toner  
Cartridge" on page 264.  
Replace the specified toner cartridge with the supported one. Order  
a new consumable from www.dell.com/supplies  
See "Replacing Toner Cartridges" on page 263.  
248  
Understanding Printer Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Error-Code  
093-970  
093-971  
093-972  
093-973  
093-974  
124-333  
191-310  
193-700  
What you can do  
Re-install the specified toner cartridge. See "Installing a Toner  
Cartridge" on page 264.  
Turn off the printer, and then on. If this does not solve the problem,  
contact Dell. See "Contacting Dell" on page 312.  
This message indicates the printer is in the non-Dell toner mode.  
Understanding Printer Messages  
249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
250  
Understanding Printer Messages  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
19  
Printing with Web Services on  
Devices (WSD)  
This section provides information for network printing with WSD, the new  
Windows Vista®, Windows Server® 2008, Windows Server 2008 R2, and  
Windows® 7 protocol of Microsoft®.  
Adding Roles of Print Services  
When you use Windows Server 2008 or Windows Server 2008 R2, you need  
to add the roles of print services to the Windows Server 2008 or Windows  
Server 2008 R2 client.  
For Windows Server 2008:  
1
2
3
Click Start  
Select Add Roles from the Action menu.  
Check the Print Services check box on the Server Roles window in the  
Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next  
Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next  
Click Install  
ï‚®
Administrative Tools  
ï‚®
Server Manager  
.
.
4
5
.
.
For Windows Server 2008 R2:  
1
2
3
Click Start  
Select Add Roles from the Action menu.  
Check the Print and Document Services check box on the Server Roles  
window in the Add Roles Wizard, and then click Next  
Click Next  
Check the Print Server check box, and then click Next  
Click Install  
ï‚®
Administrative Tools  
ï‚®
Server Manager  
.
.
4
5
6
.
.
.
Printing with Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Printer Setup  
You can install your new printer on the network using the Drivers and Utilities  
CD that shipped with your printer, or using Microsoft's Windows Add Printer  
wizard.  
Installing a Printer Driver Using the Add Printer Wizard  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Hardware and Sound  
ï‚®
Printers (Startï‚®  
Devices and Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).  
2
3
4
Click Add a printer to launch the Add Printer wizard.  
Select Add a network, wireless or Bluetooth printer  
In the list of available printers, select the one you want to use, and then  
click Next  
.
.
NOTE: In the list of available printers, the WSD printer is displayed in the form  
of http://IP address/ws/.  
NOTE: If no WSD printer is displayed in the list, enter the printer's IP address  
manually to create a WSD printer. To enter the printer's IP address manually,  
follow the instructions below. For Windows Server 2008 R2, to create a WSD  
printer, you must be a member of Administrators group.  
1. Click The printer that I want isn't listed.  
2. Select Add a printer using a TCP/IP address or hostname and click Next.  
3. Select Web Services Device from Device type.  
4. Enter the printer's IP address in the Hostname or IP address text box and  
click Next.  
NOTE: Before installing the driver using the Add Printer? wizard on Windows  
Server 2008 R2 or Windows 7, perform one of the followings:  
•
Establish the Internet connection so that Windows Update can scan your  
computer.  
•
Add the printer driver to your computer in advance.  
5
If prompted, install the printer driver on your computer. If you are  
prompted for an administrator password or confirmation, type the  
password or provide confirmation.  
6
7
Complete the additional steps in the wizard, and then click Finish.  
Print a test page to verify print installation.  
252  
Printing with Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a
b
Click Start  
ï‚®
Control Panel  
ï‚®
Hardware and Sound  
ï‚®
Printers  
(
Start Devices and Printers for Windows Server 2008 R2 and  
ï‚®
Windows 7).  
Right-click the printer you just created, and then click Properties  
(Printer properties for Windows Server 2008 R2 and Windows 7).  
On the Options tab, set each setting item, and then click Apply  
.
c
On the General tab, click Print Test Page. When a test page is printed  
successfully, installation is complete.  
Printing with Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
254  
Printing with Web Services on Devices (WSD)  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
20  
Specifications  
Operating System Compatibility  
®
®
Your Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer is compatible with Microsoft Windows  
®
XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows Server  
2003 x64 Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows Server 2008 64-bit  
®
Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows Vista , Windows Vista 64-bit  
®
Edition, Windows 7, and Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Mac OS X Version  
10.3.9, 10.4.11, 10.5.8, and 10.6.  
1
Dell technical phone support only supports factory-installed operating  
systems (Microsoft) for the first 30 days for free. See  
http://www1.us.dell.com/content/products/compare.aspx/  
laser?c=us&cs=555&l=en&s=biz for more details. The customer will have  
to purchase technical support from the manufacturer of the operating system  
in order to get technical assistance beyond 30 days.  
2
If the customer has other operating systems and has purchased Gold  
Technical Support (for more information on Gold Technical Support, see  
http://www1.us.dell.com/content/topics/global.aspx/services/en/  
gts?c=us&cs=555&l=en&s=biz), the telephone support will be a "best  
effort" attempt to resolve the operating system issue. If the manufacturer  
needs to be contacted, the customer must pay an additional fee for that  
support. The only time that Dell pays for the third party support is when Dell  
is responsible for the issue. In the case of getting the printer installed and  
working, this is configuration and the customer would be responsible for  
paying.  
Power Supply  
Rated Voltage  
Frequency  
Current  
220-240 VAC  
50/60 Hz  
5.0 A  
110-127 VAC  
50/60 Hz  
11.0 A  
Specifications  
255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Dimensions  
Height: 225 mm (8.9 inches) Width: 394 mm (15.5 inches) Depth: 300 mm  
(11.8 inches)  
Weight (not including cartridge): 11.3 kg (24.9 lb)  
Memory  
Base memory  
128 MB  
Page Description Language (PDL)/Emulation,  
Operating System, and Interface  
PDL/Emulations Host-based printing system  
OSes  
Microsoft Windows 7, Windows 7 64-bit Edition, Windows Vista,  
Windows Vista 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008, Windows  
Server 2008 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2008 R2, Windows  
XP, Windows XP 64-bit Edition, Windows Server 2003, Windows  
Server 2003 x64 Edition, Mac OS X Version 10.3.9, 10.4.11, 10.5.8,  
and 10.6  
Interfaces  
Standard local:  
USB 2.0  
Standard network:  
10Base-T/100Base-TX Ethernet  
IEEE 802.11b/802.11g/  
802.11n(Wireless)  
MIB Compatibility  
A Management Information Base (MIB) is a database containing information  
about network devices (such as adapters, bridges, routers, or computers). This  
information helps network administrators manage the network (analyze  
performance, traffic, errors, and so on). Dellâ„¢ 1350cnw Color Printer  
complies with standard industry MIB specifications, allowing the printer to be  
recognized and managed by various printer and network management  
software systems.  
256  
Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                     
Environment  
Operation  
Temperature  
10-32°C  
Relative humidity  
10-85% RH (no condensation)  
Print Quality Guarantee  
Temperature  
15-28°C  
Relative humidity  
20-70% RH (no condensation)  
Storage  
Temperature range  
-20-40°C  
Storage humidity range  
5-85% RH (no condensation)  
Altitude  
Operating  
Storage  
Up to 3,100 m (10,000 feet)  
70.9275 Kpa  
Specifications  
257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
                 
Cables  
Your interconnection cable must meet the following requirements:  
Connection type Connection specifications and symbols  
1
2
USB  
USB 2.0  
Ethernet  
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX  
1
2
258  
Specifications  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Maintaining Your Printer  
259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
260  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
21  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Periodically, your printer requires you to complete certain tasks to maintain  
optimum print quality. If several people are using the printer, you may want to  
designate a key operator to maintain your printer. Refer printing problems  
and maintenance tasks to this key operator.  
Determining the Status of Supplies  
If your printer is connected to the network, the Dellâ„¢ Printer Configuration  
Web Tool can provide instant feedback on remaining toner levels. Type the IP  
address of your printer in your web browser to view this information. To use  
the E-Mail Alert Setup feature that notifies you when the printer requires  
new supplies, type your name or the name of the key operator in the e-mail  
list box.  
On the operator panel, you can also confirm the following:  
•
Any supply or maintenance items that require attention replacing  
(However, the printer can only display information about one item at a  
time).  
•
Amount of toner remaining in each toner cartridge.  
Conserving Supplies  
You can change several settings in your printer driver to conserve toner  
cartridge and paper.  
Supply  
Setting  
Function  
Toner  
Toner Saving Mode in  
This check box allows the users to select a  
cartridge the Advanced tab of the print mode that uses less toner. When this  
printer driver  
feature is used, the image quality will be lower  
than when it is not used.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Supply  
Setting  
Function  
Print  
media  
Multiple Up in the  
Layout tab of the printer side of a sheet. The available numbers that  
The printer prints two or more pages on one  
driver  
each printer driver can print one sheet of paper  
are as follows:  
• Windows Printer Driver: 2, 4, 8, 16, or 32  
pages  
• Macintosh Printer Driver: 2, 4, 6, 9, or 16  
pages  
Combined with the duplex setting, Multiple  
Up allows you to print up to 64 pages on one  
sheet of paper. (32 images on the front and 32  
on the back)  
Storing Print Media  
To avoid potential paper feeding problems and uneven print quality, you need  
to consider the following points:  
•
To achieve the best possible print quality, store print media in an  
environment where the temperature is approximately 21°C (70°F) and the  
relative humidity is 40%.  
•
•
•
Store cartons of print media on a pallet or shelf, rather than directly on the  
floor.  
If you store individual packages of print media out of the original carton,  
ensure that they rest on a flat surface so the edges do not buckle or curl.  
Do not place anything on top of the print media packages.  
Storing Consumables  
Store consumables in their original packaging until you need to use them. Do  
not store consumables in:  
•
•
•
•
Temperatures greater than 40°C (104°F).  
An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.  
Direct sunlight.  
Dusty places.  
262  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
•
•
•
A car for a long period of time.  
An environment where corrosive gases are present.  
An environment with salty air.  
Replacing Toner Cartridges  
CAUTION: Before replacing toner cartridges, read and follow the safety  
instructions in your Product Information Guide.  
Dell toner cartridges are available only through Dell. You can order more  
cartridges online at http://www.dell.com/supplies or by phone. To order by  
phone, see "Contacting Dell" on page 312.  
It is recommended that you use Dell toner cartridges for your printer. Dell  
does not provide warranty coverage for problems caused by using accessories,  
parts, or components not supplied by Dell.  
CAUTION: Never throw used toner cartridges into fire. The residual toner could  
explode resulting in burns and injuries.  
CAUTION: Do not shake the used toner cartridge to avoid spilling of toner.  
Removing the Toner Cartridges  
1
2
Turn off the printer.  
Open the toner access cover.  
3
Pinch the cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
CAUTION: Always pull the cartridge out slowly so that you do not spill any toner.  
4
Pull the toner cartridge out.  
Installing a Toner Cartridge  
1
Unpack a new toner cartridge of the desired color and shake it five to six  
times to distribute the toner evenly.  
264  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
NOTE: Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the  
handle before replacing it.  
NOTE: Handle the toner cartridge carefully to avoid spillage of the toner.  
2
Remove the tape from the toner cartridge.  
3
Adjust the toner cartridge to the associated cartridge holder, and then  
insert it firmly by pressing near the center of the label until the cartridge  
clicks.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
265  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4
Close the toner access cover.  
Cleaning Inside the Printer  
CAUTION: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect  
the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.  
1
Confirm that the printer is not in operation, and open the toner access  
cover.  
266  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
2
Pinch the cartridge firmly as shown in the illustration.  
3
Pull the toner cartridge out.  
4
5
Pull the other three cartridges out as well.  
Pull the cleaning rod out.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
267  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6
Insert the cleaning rod fully into the hole beside the arrow on the printer  
until its tip reaches the interior of the printer as illustrated below, and then  
pull it out.  
7
8
Repeat the same procedure for the other three holes.  
Return the cleaning rod to its original location.  
268  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9
Replace the black cartridge by adjusting it to the associated cartridge  
holder, and then insert it firmly by pressing near the center of the label  
until the cartridge clicks.  
10 Replace the other three cartridges as well.  
11 Close the toner access cover.  
Cleaning the Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor  
Clean the CTD sensor only when an alert for the CTD sensor is shown on the  
Status Monitor or operator panel.  
1
2
Ensure that the printer is turned off.  
Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
269  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3
Clean the CTD sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.  
4
Close the rear cover.  
Adjusting Color Registration  
This section describes how to adjust the color registration when you first  
install the printer or after moving it to a new location.  
270  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Performing Auto Correct  
Auto Correcton the operator panel allows you to correct the color  
registration automatically.  
1
2
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Press the  
button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
3
4
Press the  
button.  
button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
button until Color Reg Adjappears, and then press the  
Press the  
button.  
5
6
Ensure that Auto Correctappears, and then press the  
Ensure that Are you sure?appears, and then press the  
Auto correct is performed.  
button.  
button.  
Printing the Color Registration Chart  
The Operator Panel  
1
Load paper. For details about loading paper, see "Loading Paper" on  
page 45.  
2
3
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Press the  
button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
4
5
6
Press the  
button.  
button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
button until Color Reg Adjappears, and then press the  
button until Color Regi Chartappears, and then press  
Press the  
button.  
Press the  
the button.  
The color registration chart is printed.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
Maintaining Your Printer  
271  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer  
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of Dell  
1350cnw Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the  
page.  
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.  
4
Click the Start button next to Color Regi Chart.  
The color registration chart is printed.  
Determining Values  
On the color registration chart printed, find the straightest lines where the  
two black lines and the colored line are most closely aligned for each color (Y,  
M, and C).  
If you find the straightest line, make a note of the value (-5–+5) indicated by  
the straightest line for each color.  
When the value is 0 for each color, you do not need to adjust the color  
registration.  
When the value is not 0, enter the value according to the procedure in  
"Entering Values" on page 273.  
272  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Entering Values  
The Operator Panel  
Using the operator panel, enter the values that you found in the color  
registration chart to make adjustments.  
1
Load paper. For details about loading paper, see "Loading Paper" on  
page 45.  
2
Press the  
(Menu) button.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
273  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3
4
5
6
7
Press the  
button.  
button until Admin Menuappears, and then press the  
button until Maintenanceappears, and then press the  
button until Color Reg Adjappears, and then press the  
button until Enter Numberappears, and then press the  
Press the  
button.  
Press the  
button.  
Press the  
button.  
Ensure that Enter (Y, M, C)appears, and then press the  
button until you reach the value (for example, +3) displayed on the chart.  
Press the button once and move the cursor to the next value.  
or  
8
9
Repeat steps 7 and 8 to enter all of the digits, and then press the  
button.  
10 Ensure that Enter (LY, LM, LC)appears.  
11 Press the or button until you reach the value (for example, +3)  
displayed on the chart.  
12 Press the button once and move the cursor to the next value.  
13 Repeat steps 11 and 12 to enter all of the digits, and then press the  
button.  
14 Ensure that Enter (RY, RM, RC)appears.  
15 Press the  
displayed on the chart.  
16 Press the button once and move the cursor to the next value.  
or  
button until you reach the value (for example, +3)  
17 Repeat steps 15 and 16 to enter all of the digits, and then press the  
button.  
18 Press the  
19 Press the  
(Cancel) button.  
button until Color Regi Chartappears, and then press  
the  
button.  
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.  
20 Press the  
button.  
21 Adjust till all straight lines are at the value of 0. Viewing the images before  
and after will help.  
274  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Tool Box  
NOTE:  
Using the Tool Box, enter the values that you found in the color registration  
chart to make adjustments.  
1
Click Start  
ï‚®
All Programs  
ï‚®
Dell Printers  
ï‚®
Dell 1350cnw Color  
Printer Tool Box  
ï‚®
.
NOTE: The Select Printer window appears in this step, when multiple printer  
drivers are installed on your computer. In this case, click the name of Dell  
1350cnw Color Printer listed in Printer Name, and then click OK.  
The Tool Box opens.  
2
3
Click the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Select Color Registration Adjustment from the list at the left side of the  
page.  
The Color Registration Adjustment page is displayed.  
4
5
Select the value with the straight line, and then click the Apply New  
Settings button.  
Click the Start button next to Print Color Regi Chart  
.
The color registration chart is printed with the new values.  
6
Adjust till all straight lines are at the value of 0. Show image of before and  
after adjustment will help.  
NOTE: After printing the color registration chart, do not turn off the printer until the  
printer motor has stopped running.  
NOTE: If 0is not next to the straightest lines, determine the values and adjust the  
printer again.  
Maintaining Your Printer  
275  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
276  
Maintaining Your Printer  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
22  
Clearing Jams  
Careful selection of appropriate print media and proper loading allow you to  
avoid paper jams. See "Print Media Guidelines" on page 155 for more  
information.  
NOTE: Before buying large quantities of any print media, it is recommended that  
you try a sample first.  
Avoiding Jams  
•
Use only recommended print media. See "Print Media Guidelines" on  
page 155 for more information.  
•
See "Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 166  
and "Loading Print Media in the Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 173  
to load print media properly.  
•
Do not overload the print media sources. Ensure that the stack print  
media height does not exceed the maximum height indicated by the line  
with an arrow on each width guide.  
•
•
Do not load wrinkled, creased, damp, or curled print media.  
Flex, fan, and straighten print media before you load it. If a jam occurs  
with print media, try feeding one sheet at a time through the MPF or the  
PSI.  
•
•
Do not use print media that you have cut or trimmed yourself.  
Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same print media  
source.  
•
•
Ensure that the recommended print side is face up when you insert the  
print media.  
Keep print media stored in an acceptable environment. For more  
information, see "Storing Print Media" on page 162.  
•
•
•
Do not remove the PSI during a print job.  
Ensure that all cables that connect to the printer are correctly attached.  
Over tightening the guides may cause jams.  
Clearing Jams  
277  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
Identifying the Location of Paper Jams  
CAUTION: Do not attempt to clear any jams using tools or instruments. This may  
permanently damage the printer.  
The following illustration shows where paper jams may occur along the print  
media path.  
1
3
2
4
6
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
Output Tray  
Transfer Belt  
Fuser Release Lever  
Rear Cover  
Front Cover  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
278  
Clearing Jams  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
               
Clearing Paper Jams From the Front of the Printer  
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow  
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all print  
media from the print media path.  
1
2
3
Pull the PSI out.  
Remove any paper jammed from the front of the printer.  
Replace the PSI in the printer.  
Clearing Jams  
279  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CAUTION: Do not use excessive force on the tray. Doing so could damage the tray  
or the inside of the printer.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Back of the Printer  
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow  
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.  
CAUTION: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect  
the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.  
CAUTION: To avoid burns, do not clear paper jams immediately after printing. The  
fuser becomes extremely hot during use.  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all print  
media from the print media path.  
1
Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover.  
2
Lift up the fuser release levers.  
280  
Clearing Jams  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3
4
5
Remove any paper jammed from the back of the printer.  
Lower the fuser release levers to their original position.  
Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Jams  
281  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Clearing Paper Jams From the Output Tray  
CAUTION: Before performing any of the following procedures, read and follow  
the safety instructions in your Product Information Guide.  
CAUTION: To prevent electric shock, always turn off the printer and disconnect  
the power cable from the grounded outlet before performing maintenance.  
CAUTION: To avoid burns, do not clear paper jams immediately after printing. The  
fuser becomes extremely hot during use.  
NOTE: To resolve the error displayed on the operator panel, you must clear all print  
media from the print media path.  
1
Push the rear cover release handle and open the rear cover.  
2
Lift up the fuser release levers.  
282  
Clearing Jams  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3
Remove any paper jammed from the back of the printer. If no paper is  
found in the paper path, then remove any paper jammed out of the output  
tray.  
4
Lower the fuser release levers to their original position.  
5
Close the rear cover.  
Clearing Jams  
283  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
284  
Clearing Jams  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
285  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
286  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
23  
Troubleshooting  
Basic Printer Problems  
Some printer problems can be easy to resolve. If a problem occurs with your  
printer, check each of the following:  
•
The power cable is connected to the printer, and to a properly grounded  
electrical outlet.  
•
•
•
•
The printer is turned on.  
The electrical outlet is not turned off at any switch or breaker.  
Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working.  
When your printer is connected to the network with the Ethernet cable,  
the USB cable is not connected between the printer and the computer.  
•
When your printer is connected to the computer with the USB cable, the  
Ethernet cable is not connected between the printer and the network.  
If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the  
printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often fixes the  
problem.  
Display Problems  
Problem  
Action  
After the printer is turned  
on, the display on the  
operator panel is blank, keeps  
showing Please  
wait..., or the back light  
is not lit.  
• Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on  
the printer.  
• Self Test Message appears on the operator panel.  
When the test is completed, Ready to Print  
is displayed.  
Troubleshooting  
287  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Problem  
Action  
Menu settings changed from Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or  
the operator panel have no  
effect.  
the printer utilities have precedence over the settings  
made on the operator panel.  
Change the menu settings from the printer driver, the  
printer utilities, or the software program instead of the  
operator panel.  
Printing Problems  
Problem  
Action  
Job did not print or incorrect Ensure that Ready to Printappears on the  
characters printed.  
operator panel before you send a job to print. Press the  
(Menu) button to return to Ready to  
Print.  
Ensure that print media is loaded in the printer. Press  
the  
(Menu) button to return to Ready to  
Print.  
Verify that you are using the correct printer driver.  
Ensure that you are using the correct Ethernet or USB  
cable and that it is securely connected to the printer.  
Verify that the correct print media size is selected.  
If you are using a print spooler, verify that the spooler  
has not stalled.  
Check the interface of your printer from the Admin  
Menu.  
Determine the host interface you are using. Print a  
panel settings page to verify that the current interface  
settings are correct. Refer to "Printing a Device  
Settings Page" on page 184 for details on how to print  
a operator panel settings page.  
288  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Problem  
Action  
Print media misfeeds or  
multiple feeds occur  
Ensure that the print media you are using meets the  
specifications for your printer. See "Supported Paper  
Sizes" on page 162 for more information.  
Fan the print media before loading it.  
Ensure that the print media is loaded correctly.  
Do not overfill the print media sources.  
Do not force print media into the Priority Sheet  
Inserter (PSI) or the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)  
when you load it. Otherwise, it may skew or buckle.  
Ensure that the print media is not curled.  
Load the recommended print side correctly for the  
type of print media you are using. See "Loading Print  
Media" on page 165 for more information.  
Turn the print media over or around and try printing  
again to see if feeding improves.  
Do not mix print media types.  
Do not mix reams of print media.  
Remove the top and bottom curled sheets of a ream  
before loading the print media.  
Load a print media source only when it is empty.  
The envelope is creased after Ensure that the envelope is loaded as instructed in  
printing.  
"Loading Print Media in the Multipurpose Feeder  
(MPF)" on page 166 or "Loading Print Media in the  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI)" on page 173.  
Page breaks in unexpected  
places.  
Increase the setting for Time-Out in the Printer  
Settings menu in the Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool.  
Job prints from the wrong  
Check the Paper Typeon the printer operator  
source or on the wrong print panel and in the printer driver.  
media.  
Print media does not stack  
neatly in the output bin.  
Turn the print media stack over in the PSI and MPF.  
Troubleshooting  
289  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Print Quality Problems  
NOTE: In this section, some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be  
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For  
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see  
"Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 215 and "Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool" on page 109.  
The output is too light  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be The task is  
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner in each complete.  
toner cartridge.  
Go to action 2.  
1
Check the toner level in the Status tab in the  
Status Monitor.  
2
Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
Verify that the print media is not damp and the The task is  
Go to action 3.  
correct print media is used. See "Supported  
Paper Sizes" on page 162. If not, use the print  
media recommended for the printer.  
complete.  
Is the problem recovered?  
290  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Action  
3 Verify that the Paper Type setting in the printer The task is  
driver matches the print media you loaded. complete.  
Yes  
No  
Go to action 4.  
1
On the Paper/Output tab in Printing  
Preferences of the printer driver, check the  
Paper Type setting.  
2
Load dry (not damp) and corrected print  
media, and then click Print Test Page in  
Properties of the printer driver.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Disable the Toner Saving Mode in the printer The task is  
driver. complete.  
On the Advanced tab in Printing  
4
Contact Dell.  
1
Preferences of the printer driver, ensure that  
the Toner Saving Mode check box is not  
selected.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Toner smears or print comes off/Stain on back side  
Troubleshooting  
291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The print media surface may be uneven. Try  
The task is  
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer complete.  
driver. For example, change the plain paper to  
thick.  
Go to action 2.  
1
On the Paper/Output tab in Printing  
Preferences of the printer driver, change the  
Paper Type setting.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
3
Verify that the correct print media is being  
The task is  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
used. See "Supported Paper Sizes" on page 162. complete.  
If not, use the print media recommended for  
the printer.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Adjust the fuser temperature.  
The task is  
complete.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, click Adjust Fuser on  
the Printer Maintenance tab.  
2
Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up  
the value for your printing media.  
3
4
Click Apply New Settings  
Click close box to exit Tool Box.  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
Random spots/Blurred images  
292  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that the toner cartridges are installed  
correctly. See "Installing a Toner Cartridge" on  
page 264.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 2.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
3
If you use non-Dell brand toner cartridges,  
install Dell brand toner cartridges.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 3.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Clean up the fuser unit.  
The task is  
complete.  
1
Load one sheet of paper on the MPF, and then  
print a solid image all over paper.  
2
Load the printed sheet with the side to be  
printed on facing down, and then print a blank  
sheet of paper.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The entire output is blank  
If this trouble comes out, contact Dell.  
Troubleshooting  
293  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Streaks appear on the output  
If this trouble comes out, contact Dell.  
Pitched color dots  
If this trouble comes out, contact Dell.  
Vertical blanks  
294  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Action  
Clean inside the printer and performing test  
print.  
Yes  
No  
1
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
1
Clean inside the printer by using the cleaning  
rod. See "Cleaning Inside the Printer" on  
page 266.  
2
Click Print Test Page in Properties of the  
printer driver.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Mottle  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Adjust the transfer bias.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 2.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, click Adjust BTR on the  
Printer Maintenance tab.  
2
Adjust the setting for the type of print media  
being used.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
If you use non-recommended print media, use The task is  
the print media recommended for the printer. complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Ghosting  
Troubleshooting  
295  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Adjust the transfer bias.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 2.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, click Chart Print on the  
Diagnosis tab.  
2
Click the Ghost Configuration Chart button.  
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.  
3
4
Launch the Tool Box, click BTR Refresh  
Mode on the Printer Maintenance tab.  
Check the check box next to On, and then  
click Apply New Settings  
.
5
6
Click Chart Print on the Diagnosis tab.  
Click the Ghost Configuration Chart button.  
The Ghost Configuration Chart is printed.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
3
The print media surface may be uneven. Try  
The task is  
Go to action 3.  
changing the Paper Type setting in the printer complete.  
driver. For example, change the plain paper to  
thick.  
1
On the Paper/Output tab in Printing  
Preferences of the printer driver, change the  
Paper Type setting.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Adjust the fuser temperature.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 4.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, and click Adjust Fuser  
on the Printer Maintenance tab.  
2
Adjust the fixing temperature by turning up  
the value for your printing media.  
3
4
Click Apply New Settings  
Click close box to exit Tool Box.  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
4
If you use non-recommended print media, use The task is  
the print media recommended for the printer. complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
296  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fog  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
2
Is the whole page printed light?  
Start Developer Stir Mode.  
Contact Dell. Go to action 2.  
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, click Developer Stir  
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.  
2
Click the Start button.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)  
Troubleshooting  
297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Action  
If the printer is installed in a high altitude  
location, set the altitude of the location.  
Yes  
No  
1
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, and click Adjust  
Altitude on the Printer Maintenance tab.  
2
Select the value close to the altitude of the  
location where the printer is installed.  
Is them problem recovered?  
Auger mark  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
The toner cartridges may be low or need to be The task is  
replaced. Confirm the amount of toner in each complete.  
toner cartridge.  
Contact Dell.  
1
Check the toner level in the Status tab in the  
Status Monitor.  
2
Replace the toner cartridges as necessary.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
Start Developer Stir Mode.  
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, click Developer Stir  
Mode on the Diagnosis tab.  
2
Click the Start button.  
Is the problem recovered?  
298  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Wrinkled/Stained paper  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Verify that the correct print media is being  
The task is  
If printing on  
an envelope, go  
to action 2.  
used. See "Supported Paper Sizes" on page 162 complete.  
and "Print Media Guidelines" on page 155. If  
not, use the print media recommended for the  
printer.  
If printing on  
print media  
other than  
Is the problem recovered?  
envelopes,  
contact Dell.  
2
Check the crease. Is the crease within 30 mm of This type of  
If the envelope  
is 220 mm or  
longer (C5 or  
Envelope#10),  
the four edges of the envelope?  
crease is  
considered  
normal. Your  
printer is not at go to action 3a.  
fault.  
If the envelope  
is shorter than  
220 mm  
(Monarch or  
DL), go to  
action 3b.  
3a Does the envelope have a flap on the long edge? The envelope is The envelope  
Envelope#10. is C5. Go to  
Go to 4b.  
action 4a.  
Troubleshooting  
299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action  
Yes  
No  
3b Load the envelope long edge feed in the MPF The task is  
Go to action  
4b.  
with the flap open and facing up. For details,  
see "When Loading Envelope#10, DL, or  
Monarch" on page 170.  
complete.  
Is the problem recovered?  
4a Load the envelope in the MPF with the flap  
open and facing up. For details, see "When  
Loading C5" on page 171.  
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
4b Use a different size envelope.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is  
complete.  
The top margins is incorrect  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Ensure that the margins are set correctly on the The task is  
Contact Dell.  
application being used.  
complete.  
Is the problem recovered?  
300  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Color registration is out of alignment  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Execute auto color registration adjustment.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 2.  
1
Launch the Tool Box, and click Color  
Registration Adjustment on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
2
Click the Start button next to Auto Correct  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
2
Clean the CTD sensor.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 3.  
1
2
3
Clean the CTD sensor. See "Cleaning the  
Color Toner Density (CTD) Sensor" on  
page 269.  
Launch the Tool Box, and click Color  
Registration Adjustment on the Printer  
Maintenance tab.  
Click the Start button next to Auto Correct  
.
Is the problem recovered?  
Troubleshooting  
301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action  
Print the Color Registration Chart and  
manually correct the color registration.  
Yes  
No  
3
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
1
Click Color Registration Adjustment on the  
Printer Maintenance tab.  
2
Click the Start button next to Color Regi  
Chart  
.
The color registration chart is printed.  
3
Adjust till all straight lines are at the value of  
0. See "Adjusting Color Registration" on  
page 270 for details.  
4
5
Click the Apply New Settings button.  
Click the Start button next to Color Regi  
Chart to print the Color Registration Chart  
again.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Protrudent / Bumpy paper  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Clean up the fuser unit.  
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
1
Load one sheet of paper on the MPF, and then  
print a solid image all over paper.  
2
Load the printed sheet with the side to be  
printed on facing down, and then print a blank  
sheet of paper.  
Is the problem recovered?  
302  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Noise  
NOTE: In this section, some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be  
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For  
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see  
"Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 215 and "Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool" on page 109.  
Action  
Locate the cause of the problem by removing  
the toner cartridges.  
Yes  
No  
1
Contact Dell. Go to action 2.  
1
2
3
Remove the toner cartridges. See "Replacing  
Toner Cartridges" on page 263.  
Launch the Tool Box, and click Machine  
Check on the Diagnosis tab.  
Select Main Motor Operation Check from  
the drop-down list box, and click the Start  
button.  
4
Click the Play of Sound button to check the  
motor sound.  
Does the noise generated from the printer  
match with the noise from the Play of Sound  
button?  
Troubleshooting  
303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action  
Yes  
No  
2 1 Click Machine Check on the Diagnosis tab. Contact Dell. Go to action 3.  
2
Select Dispense Motor Check (Yellow)  
,
Dispense Motor Check (Magenta) Dispense  
,
Motor Check (Cyan), or Dispense Motor  
Check (Black) from the drop-down list box,  
and click the Start button.  
3
4
Click the Play of Sound button to check the  
motor sound.  
Repeat steps 1 and 2 to perform Dispense  
Motor Check for the rest of the toner  
cartridges.  
NOTE: You can perform Dispense Motor Check  
for CMYK in any order you desire.  
NOTE: Do not check the operation of the  
dispense motor repeatedly.  
Does the noise generated from the printer  
match with the noise from the Play of Sound  
button?  
3
1
2
Reinstall the toner cartridges.  
Perform action 2 again.  
Contact Dell. The task is  
complete.  
Does the noise generated from the printer  
match with the noise from the Play of Sound  
button?  
Jam  
NOTE: In this section, some procedures that use the Tool Box can also be  
performed using the operator panel or Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. For  
information on how to use the operator panel and Dell Configuration Web Tool, see  
"Understanding the Printer Menus" on page 215 and "Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool" on page 109.  
304  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Misfeed jam  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove the paper from the PSI, and then  
The task is  
ensure that papers are properly inserted on the complete.  
MPF.  
Proceed to the  
action  
corresponding  
to the type of  
the print media  
being used:  
Is the problem recovered?  
• Thick - 2a  
• Thin - 2b  
• Envelope -  
2c  
If performing  
manual duplex  
printing, go to  
action 2d.  
If using paper  
other than the  
above or if not  
performing  
duplex  
printing, go to  
action 2e.  
2a Use thick paper that is 216 gsm or less.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action  
3a.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2b Use thin paper that is 60 gsm or more.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action  
3a.  
2c Ensure that the envelope is properly loaded in The task is  
the MPF as instructed in "Loading Envelopes in complete.  
the Multipurpose Feeder (MPF)" on page 170.  
Go to action  
3b.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2d Ensure that the print media is not curled.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action  
3a.  
Is the problem recovered?  
Troubleshooting  
305  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Action  
Yes  
No  
2e Is the print media damp?  
Go to action  
3c.  
Go to action  
3a.  
3a Fan the print media.  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action  
3b.  
Is the problem recovered?  
3b If the envelope is deformed, correct it or use  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action  
3a.  
another envelope.  
Is the problem recovered?  
3c Turn over the print media.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action 4.  
Contact Dell.  
4
Use print media that is not damp.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is  
complete.  
Multi-feed jam  
Action  
Yes  
No  
1
Remove the paper from the PSI, and then  
ensure that papers are inserted properly in the complete.  
MPF.  
The task is  
Go to action 2.  
Is the problem recovered?  
2
Is the print media damp?  
Go to action  
3a.  
Go to action  
3b.  
3a Use print media that is not damp.  
Is the problem recovered?  
The task is  
complete.  
Go to action  
3b.  
3b Fan the print media.  
The task is  
complete.  
Contact Dell.  
Is the problem recovered?  
306  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Other Problems  
Problem  
Action  
Condensation has occurred This usually occurs within several hours after you heat  
inside the printer.  
the room in winter. This also occurs when the printer  
is operating in a location where relative humidity  
reaches 85% or more. Adjust the humidity or relocate  
the printer to an appropriate environment.  
Contacting Service  
When you call for printer service, be prepared to describe the problem you are  
experiencing or the error message on the display.  
You need to know the model of your printer type and serial number. See the  
label located inside the side door of your printer.  
Troubleshooting  
307  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
308  
Troubleshooting  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix  
309  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
310  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B
Appendix  
Dell Technical Support Policy  
Technician-assisted technical support requires the cooperation and  
participation of the customer in the troubleshooting process and provides for  
restoration of the operating system, software program and hardware drivers to  
the original default configuration as shipped from Dell, as well as the  
verification of appropriate functionality of the printer and all Dell-installed  
hardware. In addition to this technician assisted technical support, online  
technical support is available at Dell Support. Additional technical support  
options may be available for purchase.  
Dell provides limited technical support for the printer and any Dell-installed  
software and peripherals. Support for third-party software and peripherals is  
provided by the original manufacturer, including those purchased and/or  
installed through Software & Peripherals (DellWare), ReadyWare, and  
Custom Factory Integration (CFI/DellPlus).  
Online Services  
You can learn about Dell products and services on the following websites:  
www.dell.com  
www.dell.com/ap (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
www.dell.com/jp (Japan only)  
www.euro.dell.com (Europe only)  
www.dell.com/la (Latin American and Caribbean countries)  
www.dell.ca (Canada only)  
You can access Dell Support through the following websites and e-mail  
addresses:  
•
Dell Support websites  
support.dell.com  
Appendix  
311  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
           
support.euro.dell.com (Europe only)  
•
Dell Support e-mail addresses  
mobile_support@us.dell.com  
support@us.dell.com  
la-techsupport@dell.com (Latin America and Caribbean countries only)  
apsupport@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
•
•
Dell Marketing and Sales e-mail addresses  
apmarketing@dell.com (Asian/Pacific countries only)  
sales_canada@dell.com (Canada only)  
Anonymous file transfer protocol (FTP)  
ftp.dell.com  
Log in as user: anonymous, and use your e-mail address as your password.  
Warranty and Return Policy  
Dell Computer Corporation ("Dell") manufactures its hardware products  
from parts and components that are new or equivalent to new in accordance  
with industry-standard practices. For information about the Dell warranty for  
your printer, see support.dell.com.  
Recycling Information  
It is recommended that customers dispose of their used computer hardware, monitors, printers,  
and other peripherals in an environmentally sound manner. Potential methods include reuse of  
parts or whole products and recycling of products, components, and/or materials.  
For specific information on Dell's worldwide recycling programs, see www.dell.com/  
recyclingworldwide.  
Contacting Dell  
For customers in the United States, call 800-WWW-Dell (800-999-3355).  
NOTE: If you do not have an active Internet connection, you can find contact  
information on your purchase invoice, packing slip, bill, in your Dell catalog.  
312  
Appendix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
             
Dell provides several online and telephone-based support and service options.  
Availability varies by country and product, and some services may not be  
available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical support, or  
customer service issues:  
1
2
Visit support.dell.com.  
Verify your country or region in the Choose A Country/Region drop-down  
menu at the bottom of the page.  
3
4
5
Click Contact Us on the left side of the page.  
Select the appropriate service or support link based on your need.  
Choose the method of contacting Dell that is convenient for you.  
Appendix  
313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
314  
Appendix  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Assigning an IP address (for IPv4  
Mode), 39  
Numeric  
100Base-TX Full-Duplex, 141  
100Base-TX Half-Duplex, 141  
10Base-T Full-Duplex, 141  
10Base-T Half-Duplex, 141  
Authenticate Error Trap, 148  
Auto Log Print, 125, 127, 225  
Auto Reg Adj, 228  
Auto Registration  
Adjustment, 126, 131  
Avoiding jam, 277  
A
Avoiding Paper Jam, 187  
A4, 162  
A5, 162  
About printer, 25  
Ad-Hoc, 149  
B
B5, 162  
Adjust Altitude, 126, 133, 207,  
232  
Base memory, 256  
Basic Information, 140  
Basic printer problem, 287  
Bonjour (mDNS), 141, 146, 221  
BTR Refresh, 126, 132, 231  
BTR Refresh Mode, 208  
Adjust BTR, 125, 129, 203, 227  
Adjust Fuser, 126, 130, 204, 228  
Adjusting color registration, 270  
Adjusting the Language, 192  
Admin Menu, 216  
Administrator Password, 151  
Advanced Setup, 72  
C
Altitude, 257  
C5, 162  
Appendix, 311  
Cable, 258  
Apply New Settings Button, 119  
Asset Tag Number, 122  
Cancel button, 183, 245  
Canceling a print job, 188  
Index  
315  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Carbonless copy paper, 157  
CCP, 157  
Community Name (Read  
only), 147  
Community Name (Read/  
Write), 147  
Change Password, 233  
Changing the settings of menu  
item, 119  
Community Name (Trap), 147  
Completed Jobs, 111, 123  
Chart, 231  
Connecting Printer to Computer  
or Network, 34  
Chart Print, 210  
Clean Developer, 132, 230  
Cleaning Inside the Printer, 266  
Connecting your printer, 33  
Connection specification, 33,  
258  
Cleaning the Color Toner  
Density (CTD) Sensor, 269  
Connection type, 33, 258  
Conserving supplies, 261  
Clearing jam, 277  
Clearing Paper Jams From the  
Back of the Printer, 280  
Contact Dell Support at, 112  
, 118  
Clearing Paper Jams From the  
Front of the Printer, 279  
Contact Person, 116  
Contacting service, 307  
Clearing Paper Jams From the  
Output Tray, 282  
Copy Printer Settings, 111, 117,  
152  
Coated, 125-126, 130-131, 204-  
205, 227-228  
Copy Printer Settings  
Report, 153  
Color Reg Adj, 229  
Cover, 121  
Color Regi Chart, 131  
Covers, 125-126, 130, 204-205,  
227-228  
Color Registration  
Adjustment, 205  
Current, 255  
Color Registration  
Adjustments, 131-132  
Color registration chart, 271  
Color Test Page, 127, 216  
Community Name, 147  
D
Default Paper Size, 124, 127  
Dell, 112  
316  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dell Printer Configuration Web  
Tool, 109, 111-112  
Page display format, 115  
Emulations, 256  
Encryption, 149-150  
Entering Values, 273  
Dell Printer Supplies website, 17  
Dell Service Tag Number, 122  
Envelope, 125-126, 130-131,  
160, 204-205, 227-228  
Dell Supplies Management  
System, 237  
Envelope #10, 163  
Environment, 257  
Dell technical support  
policy, 311  
Environment Sensor Info, 211  
Error History, 127, 216  
Ethernet, 135, 141, 258  
Ethernet Port, 26, 33  
Ethernet Settings, 141  
Event Panel, 116  
Determining Values, 272  
Developer Stir Mode, 211  
Device Settings, 127, 215  
Device Settings page, 184  
Dimensions, 256  
EWS, 221  
Direct Connection, 34  
Disabling Panel Lock, 235  
Display problem, 287  
DL, 163  
EWS Settings, 140  
Executive, 163  
Express Code, 226  
Express Service Code, 122  
DL LEF, 163  
DNS, 137, 143  
Drivers and utilities CD, 19  
F
F/W Version, 226  
Fault Time-Out, 124, 127, 224  
Finding Information, 19  
Firmware Version, 122  
Folio, 163  
E
E-Mail Alert, 112, 118, 141, 144,  
221  
E-Mail Alert Settings, 139, 146  
E-mail Alert Setup Page, 138  
E-Mail Server Settings, 139, 145  
Frequency, 255  
Front Cover, 25, 278  
Index  
317  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Fuser Release Lever, 26, 278  
Job History, 127, 215  
Job List, 111, 123  
Job Name, 123  
H
Job Status, 123  
Host I/F, 123-124  
Host Name, 123, 138  
host-based printer driver, 55, 58  
HTTP, 138, 144  
Job Submitted Time, 123-124  
Job Time-Out, 124, 127, 224  
K
Kensington lock, 28  
I
ID, 123  
L
Identifying Print Media and  
Specifications, 162  
Label, 125-126, 130-131, 161,  
204-205, 227-228  
Impression Number, 124  
Infrastructure, 149  
LCD, 183  
Initialize NIC NVRAM and  
restart printer, 151  
LCD Panel, 183, 245  
Left frame, 117  
Installing  
Printer drivers, 53, 101  
Legal, 163  
Length Guide, 25  
Letter, 163  
Installing a Toner Cartridge, 264  
Interfaces, 256  
Link Channel, 149  
Link Quality, 149  
Liquid crystal display, 183  
LLTD, 141, 148, 222  
Loading an Envelope, 175  
Loading Envelopes, 170  
IP Address, 39, 116, 148  
IP Filter, 138  
IPv4, 136-138, 142-143, 148  
IPv6, 136-137, 142-143, 148  
J
Loading Letterhead, 159, 173,  
178  
Jam, 304  
318  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Loading paper, 45  
Monarch, 163  
Loading print media, 165  
Monarch LEF, 163  
Mottle, 295  
Loading Print Media in  
Multipurpose Feeder  
(MPF), 45, 166  
MPF Extension, 25  
Multiple Up, 262  
Loading Print Media in Priority  
Sheet Inserter (PSI), 50, 173  
Multipurpose Feeder (MPF), 25,  
278  
Location, 116, 122  
Login Error - Attempts, 125  
Low Toner Alert Msg, 125, 127  
Low Toner Msg, 226  
N
NCR, 157  
LPD, 137, 141, 143, 221  
Network, 216  
Ethernet, 216  
IP Filter, 222  
Protocol, 221  
Reset LAN, 222  
Reset Wireless, 220  
TCP/IP, 220  
M
MAC Address, 141, 149  
Machine Check, 210  
Maintaining Your Printer, 261  
Maintenance, 226  
Network Connection, 35  
Network Connection Setup, 58  
Network Firmware Version, 122  
Network Settings, 209  
Network Type, 149  
Maintenance Chart, 132  
Manual duplex printing, 179  
Maximum Number of  
Devices, 148  
No carbon required, 157  
No. of Sheets, 124  
Memory, 256  
Memory Capacity, 122  
Menu button, 184, 245  
Menu Settings, 124, 198  
MIB compatibility, 256  
mm/inch, 124, 127, 225  
Non-Dell Toner, 126, 133, 208,  
232  
Index  
319  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Weight, 155  
O
Paper Chute, 26  
OCR, 157  
Paper Density, 125, 129, 203, 226  
Paper Feed Roller, 26  
Paper jam location, 278  
Paper Trays, 121  
Online Help, 112, 118  
Online Services, 311  
Operating System  
compatibility, 255  
Operation, 257  
Paper Type, 164  
Operator Panel, 25, 183  
Button, 183  
Paper Used, 153  
Paper Width Guides, 25  
Parts name, 25  
Order Supplies at, 112, 118  
Ordering supplies, 28  
Output Result, 123  
PDL, 256  
Peer-to-Peer, 96  
Output Tray, 25, 121, 278  
Output Tray Extension, 25, 181  
Owner, 123  
Plain, 125-126, 130, 204-205,  
227-228  
Plain Thick, 125-126, 130, 204-  
205, 227-228  
Point and Print, 93  
P
Port Settings, 140  
Page display format, 115  
Panel Language, 125, 127, 234  
Panel Lock, 233  
Port Status, 138, 141  
Port9100, 137, 141, 143, 221  
Power Saver Time - Deep  
Sleep, 124, 127  
Panel lock function, 234  
Panel Lock Set, 125, 233  
Power Saver Time - Sleep, 124,  
127  
Paper, 155  
Characteristics, 155  
Curl, 155  
Fiber content, 156  
Grain direction, 156  
Moisture content, 156  
Smoothness, 156  
Power supply, 255  
Power Switch, 25  
PowerSaver Time, 223  
Premier, 126  
Print Head Cleaning Rod, 25  
320  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Print Media  
Dimensions, 165  
Printer Status, 111, 117, 121  
Printer Type, 121  
Print media, 155, 262  
Printing, 187  
Print quality guarantee, 257  
Print Quality Problems, 290  
Print Server Reports, 134  
Printing on letterhead, 158  
Printing problem, 288  
Printing Speed, 122  
Print Server Settings, 111, 117,  
134, 140  
Printing Status Window, 237  
Printing with Web Services on  
Devices (WSD), 251  
Print Server Setup Page, 134  
Print Volume, 111, 117, 153  
Printer Bitmap, 116  
Priority Sheet Inserter (PSI), 25  
Processor Speed, 122  
Printer Driver Pre-install  
Status, 53  
Product Features, 23  
Product Information Guide, 20  
Printer drivers Installing, 53, 101  
Printer Events, 122  
Q
Printer Information, 112, 117,  
122, 197  
Quick Launch Utility, 238  
Quick Reference Guide, 19  
Printer Jobs, 111, 117, 123  
Printer Maintenance, 129  
Printer message, 245  
R
Printer Name, 138  
Rated Voltage, 255  
Printer Page Count, 153  
Printer Revision Levels, 122  
Printer Serial Number, 122  
Ready/Error indicator, 183, 245  
Rear Cover, 26, 278  
Rear Cover Release Handle, 26  
Recommended paper, 156  
Printer Settings, 111, 117, 124,  
127, 215  
Printer Settings Report, 124  
Printer software, 237  
Recycled, 125-126, 130-131, 204-  
205, 227-228  
Recycling Information, 312  
Printer specification, 255  
Index  
321  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Refresh button, 119  
Refresh Mode, 212  
Service code, 21  
Service Tag, 21, 226  
Regular, 126  
Set button, 183, 245  
Set Password, 112, 118, 151  
Setting the IP Address, 39  
Setup diagram, 20  
Relative humidity, 257  
Removing toner cartridge, 263  
Report Page, 189  
Reports, 126, 200  
Shared Printing, 91  
Reset Defaults, 133, 207, 231  
Reset Print Server, 150  
Restart Printer, 151  
Restore Settings button, 119  
Return policy, 312  
SNMP, 138, 141, 146  
SNMP UDP, 221  
Software Update, 238  
SSID, 149  
Status Monitor Console, 237  
Status Monitor Widget, 240  
Status of supplies, 261  
Storage, 257  
Right frame, 118  
S
Storage humidity range, 257  
Storing consumables, 262  
Storing Print Media, 162  
Storing print media, 187, 262  
Safety information, 20  
Secure Settings, 125, 128, 233  
Security, 151  
Security Settings, 149  
Security slot, 26  
Support  
Contacting Dell, 312  
Select Reorder URL, 126  
Selecting paper, 157  
Supported paper size, 162  
System Settings, 124, 127, 140,  
201, 223  
Selecting preprinted  
letterhead, 158  
Selecting preprinted media, 158  
T
Selecting pre-punched  
paper, 159  
TCP/IP, 141  
Sending print job, 187  
322  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TCP/IP Settings, 136, 142, 200,  
209  
W
Wall Jack Connector, 26  
Warranty, 312  
Temperature, 257  
Toner Access Cover, 25  
Toner Refresh, 230  
Tool Box, 197  
Warranty information, 20  
Web Link Customization, 126,  
134  
Top frame, 115  
WEP, 149-150  
Transfer Belt, 26, 278  
Transfer Roller, 26  
Trap Notification 1-4, 148  
Troubleshooting, 287  
Turning On Printer, 36  
Wireless LAN, 149, 222  
Wireless Settings, 135, 149  
Wireless Setup, 217  
Wireless Status, 217  
Wizard Setup, 70  
WPA-PSK, 150  
WPA-PSK TKIP, 149  
WSD, 137, 141, 144, 221  
U
ug_feature, 23  
Unacceptable paper, 157  
UNITED STATES  
X
GOVERNMENT  
XML Paper Specification(XPS)  
printer driver, 55, 59  
RESTRICTED RIGHTS, 16  
USB, 258  
USB Cable, 34  
USB Port, 26, 33, 125, 128, 223  
USB Settings, 125, 128, 223  
User Setup Disk Creating  
Tool, 239  
V
Verifying IP settings, 41  
Index  
323  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
324  
Index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Cobra Electronics Car Stereo System 25 WX NW ST User Manual
Continental Electric Electric Grill CE23751 User Manual
Cuisinart Popcorn Poppers CPM 900 User Manual
Dimplex Indoor Fireplace DFI2309 User Manual
Dimplex Switch DX4130 User Manual
Dualit Portable Radio Dab User Manual
Edimax Technology Switch ES 3105P User Manual
Fellowes Automobile Accessories C 480 User Manual
Fisher Paykel Ventilation Hood HC60PCHTX2 User Manual
Fisher Price Riding Toy G4815 User Manual